* lisp/international/mule-cmds.el (ucs-names): Add special entry for BEL.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobee312dc57fc53ce167a7b9d7e6db8ddaec91a1b6
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 0 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 0 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
117 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
118 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
119 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
120 outside a function.")
122 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
125 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
126 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
133 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
134 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
135 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
140 Prompt for a change log name.
142 \(fn)" nil nil)
144 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
145 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
148 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
149 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
150 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
153 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
154 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
157 current buffer to the complete file name.
158 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
163 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
164 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
165 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
168 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
173 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
174 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
177 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
178 after a comma on an existing line.
180 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
181 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
182 the same person.
184 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
185 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
186 notices.
188 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
189 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
194 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
195 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
196 the change log file in another window.
198 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
201 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
202 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
203 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
204 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
205 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209 \(fn)" t nil)
211 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
221 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225 \(fn)" nil nil)
227 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
228 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
229 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
230 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
231 or a buffer.
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238 ;;;***
240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
289 the new one.
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
328 BODY...)
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
366 BODY...)
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374 ;;;***
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21298 17013 0 0))
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406 Fred (123) 456-7890
407 Alice (123) 456-7890
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
409 Joe (123) 456-7890
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
426 throughout the line.
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
443 align that section.
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
463 to be colored.
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470 \(fn)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 ;;;***
479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
497 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 \(fn)" nil nil)
501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
506 file variable `allout-layout'.
508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
510 specified layout is applied.
512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
516 Auto-layout is not.
518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 \(fn)" nil t)
559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
569 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585 and many other features.
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
590 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
597 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
601 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
676 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
677 auto-activation.
679 Topic Encryption
681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
683 pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
694 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
695 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
697 signal.
699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 for details.
703 HOT-SPOT Operation
705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
706 navigation and exposure control.
708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
716 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
724 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
726 at the beginning of the current entry.
728 Extending Allout
730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
732 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734 `allout-mode-hook'
735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744 Terminology
746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
749 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
750 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
751 CURRENT ITEM:
752 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
753 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
754 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
755 called the:
756 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758 ANCESTORS:
759 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
761 of the ITEM.
762 OFFSPRING:
763 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
764 SUBTOPIC:
765 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
766 CHILD:
767 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
768 SIBLINGS:
769 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771 Topic text constituents:
773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
774 text.
775 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
776 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
777 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
779 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
780 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
781 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
782 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
783 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
784 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
785 the PREFIX.
787 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
788 of the ITEM.
789 PREFIX-LEAD:
790 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
791 It can be customized by changing the setting of
792 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
795 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
796 program code without interfering with processing of the text
797 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
798 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
799 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
800 docstring for more detail.
801 PREFIX-PADDING:
802 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
803 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
805 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
806 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
807 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
808 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
809 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
810 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
811 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
812 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
813 more details.
814 EXPOSURE:
815 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
816 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
817 CONCEALED:
818 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
819 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
823 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837 ;;;***
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
840 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
841 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
842 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
845 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
852 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
855 visiting an outline.
857 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
858 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
861 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
862 you want allout widgets operation.
864 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
871 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
877 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
878 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880 The graphics include:
882 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
885 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
888 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
891 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
892 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896 ;;;***
898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 0
899 ;;;;;; 0))
900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
905 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
906 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
907 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
908 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
909 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918 ;;;***
920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 0
921 ;;;;;; 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
930 in the current window.
932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
937 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
939 buffer if one does not exist.
941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951 ;;;***
953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 0
954 ;;;;;; 0))
955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
956 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
959 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961 \(fn)" t nil)
963 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
964 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
967 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
968 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
969 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
972 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978 ;;;***
980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
983 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1021 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1022 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1023 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1024 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1025 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1027 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1029 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1030 Toggle checking of appointments.
1031 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1032 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1036 ;;;***
1038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1041 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1042 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1043 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1044 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1046 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1047 kind of objects to search.
1049 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1051 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1052 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 variables, not just user options.
1061 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1065 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1066 like `apropos-user-option'.
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1171 ;;;***
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1179 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1183 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1185 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1189 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1195 Variables you assign:
1196 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1197 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1198 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1200 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201 row numbers in the buffer.
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1207 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1210 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1211 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1212 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1213 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1215 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1220 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1225 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226 between that of point and mark.
1228 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1229 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1231 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1232 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1233 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234 newlines inside rows)
1236 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1242 ;;;***
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1245 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1247 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1260 How to submit a bug report
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1341 Settings
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1357 Drawing with keys
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1378 Arrows
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 Selecting operation
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1413 Variables
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1438 Hooks
1440 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1443 Keymap summary
1445 \\{artist-mode-map}
1447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1449 ;;;***
1451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 53104
1452 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1455 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1456 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1457 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1459 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1464 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1465 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1467 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1468 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1470 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1472 Special commands:
1473 \\{asm-mode-map}
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1477 ;;;***
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1480 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1483 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1484 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1485 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1486 let-binding.")
1488 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1490 ;;;***
1492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1495 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1496 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1497 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1499 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1501 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1502 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1504 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1507 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1508 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1509 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1510 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1511 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1512 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1513 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1514 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1516 For example:
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1518 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1519 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1520 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1521 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1523 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1527 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1528 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1529 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1532 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1534 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1536 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1537 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1542 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1543 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1544 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1546 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1550 ;;;***
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1556 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1557 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1561 ;;;***
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 0
1564 ;;;;;; 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1567 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1568 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1569 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1573 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1576 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1578 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1580 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1581 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1582 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1585 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1587 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1589 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1590 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1595 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1596 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1600 ;;;***
1602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1603 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1608 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 0
1653 ;;;;;; 0))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1656 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1657 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1662 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1663 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1664 disk changes.
1666 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1667 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1668 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1672 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1673 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1675 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1676 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1678 \(fn)" nil nil)
1680 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1683 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1684 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1686 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1687 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1688 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1689 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1690 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1692 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1693 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1694 writing before you save the file!
1696 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1700 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1703 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1704 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1706 \(fn)" nil nil)
1708 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1709 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1710 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1723 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1739 ;;;***
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 35662 356409 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1777 ;;;***
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1780 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1785 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1786 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1788 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1789 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1790 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1792 \\{bat-mode-map}
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1796 ;;;***
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1800 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1802 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1803 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1804 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1805 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1809 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1810 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1811 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1831 ;;;***
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1834 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1868 ;;;***
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1871 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1880 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1881 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1882 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1884 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1885 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1886 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1888 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1891 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1893 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1895 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1896 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1897 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1898 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1900 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1901 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1902 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1903 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1904 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1907 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1910 Special information:
1912 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1914 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1915 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1916 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1917 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1918 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1919 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1920 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1922 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1923 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1924 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1926 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1927 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1928 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1929 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1930 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1931 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1932 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1933 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1935 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1937 ----------------------------------------------------------
1938 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1939 if that value is non-nil.
1941 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1943 \(fn)" t nil)
1945 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1946 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1947 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1948 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1949 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1950 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1951 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1952 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1953 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1954 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1955 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1956 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1958 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1966 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1967 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1969 \(fn)" t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1976 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1977 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1981 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1983 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995 ;;;***
1997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
1998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2001 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Play blackbox.
2003 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2005 What is blackbox?
2007 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2008 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2009 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2010 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2011 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2012 your score.
2014 Overview of play:
2016 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2017 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2018 four.
2020 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2021 movement keys.
2023 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2024 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2026 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2027 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2029 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2030 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2031 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2032 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2033 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2034 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2036 Details:
2038 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2040 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2041 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2042 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2043 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2045 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2046 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2047 denoted by the letter `R'.
2049 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2050 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2051 denoted by the letter `H'.
2053 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2054 example.
2056 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2057 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2058 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2059 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2060 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2061 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2062 ray.
2064 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2065 degree deflection it causes.
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2071 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2078 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2079 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2092 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2093 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2094 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2095 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2096 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2097 emerging from the box.
2099 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2106 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2111 a reflection.
2113 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2115 ;;;***
2117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2118 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2119 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2121 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2123 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2124 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2125 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2126 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2127 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2128 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2129 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2131 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2132 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2133 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2135 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2136 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2137 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2138 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2139 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2140 recent one.
2142 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2143 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2144 yank successive words.
2146 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2147 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2148 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2149 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2150 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2152 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2153 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2154 the list of bookmarks.)
2156 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2158 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2159 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2160 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2161 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2162 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2163 this.
2165 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2166 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2167 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2168 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2170 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2171 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2173 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2174 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2175 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2180 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2182 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2184 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2185 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2187 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2188 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2189 after a bookmark was set in it.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2194 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2196 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2197 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2201 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2204 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2205 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2206 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2208 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2209 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2210 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2212 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2213 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2214 name.
2216 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2219 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2220 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2222 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2223 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2224 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2225 this.
2227 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2230 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2232 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2233 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2234 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2235 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2236 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2237 probably because we were called from there.
2239 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2241 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2242 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2243 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2245 \(fn)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2248 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2249 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2250 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2251 \(second argument).
2253 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2254 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2255 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2256 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2257 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2259 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2260 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2261 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2262 `bookmark-default-file'.
2264 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2266 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2267 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2268 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2269 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2270 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2271 while loading.
2273 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2274 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2275 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2276 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2277 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2278 explicitly.
2280 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2281 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2282 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2283 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2285 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2288 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2289 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2290 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2291 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2297 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2300 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2306 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2308 ;;;***
2310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21361 65337
2311 ;;;;;; 555586 0))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2314 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2315 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2316 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2317 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2319 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2320 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2321 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2322 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2323 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2325 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2329 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2330 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2331 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2332 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2334 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2338 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2339 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2340 narrowed.
2342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2345 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2347 \(fn)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2352 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2357 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2358 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2359 first, if that exists.
2361 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2365 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2372 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2373 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2374 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2375 to use.
2377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2380 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2381 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2382 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2384 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2389 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2397 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2398 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2408 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2410 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2411 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2412 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2413 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2416 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2417 new tab in an existing window instead.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2427 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2428 Firefox.
2430 When called interactively, if variable
2431 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2432 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2433 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2437 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2438 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2441 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2444 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2445 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2447 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2448 URL in a new window.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2487 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2491 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2492 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2504 program is invoked according to the variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2513 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2519 Default to the URL around or before point.
2521 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2522 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2523 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2526 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2527 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2528 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2541 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2550 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2551 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2557 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2558 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2559 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2560 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2570 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2571 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2572 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2573 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2581 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2582 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2583 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2585 current one.
2587 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2588 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2589 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2590 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2593 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2598 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2599 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2600 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2601 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2602 don't offer a form of remote control.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around the point.
2616 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2617 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2619 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2620 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624 ;;;***
2626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2628 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2630 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2631 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2632 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2633 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2645 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2649 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2650 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2651 \\<bs-mode-map>
2652 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2653 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2654 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2655 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2657 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2658 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2659 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2660 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2661 name of buffer configuration.
2663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 0
2668 ;;;;;; 0))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2671 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2672 Play Bubbles game.
2673 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2674 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2675 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2676 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2677 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2678 columns on its right towards the left.
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2685 \(fn)" t nil)
2687 ;;;***
2689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2690 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2693 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2695 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2696 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708 ;;;***
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2711 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2720 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2721 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2722 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2723 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2724 else the global value will be modified.
2726 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2731 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2738 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2739 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2741 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2743 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2745 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2749 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2750 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2751 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2752 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2753 before scanning it.
2755 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2756 that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2759 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2761 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2762 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2763 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2764 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2765 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2766 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2768 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2772 Print the result in the echo area.
2773 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2778 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2779 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2781 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2783 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2784 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2785 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2786 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2787 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2788 all functions called by those functions.
2790 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2791 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2792 cons, etc.).
2794 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2795 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2796 invoked interactively.
2798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2800 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2801 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2802 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2803 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2805 \(fn)" nil nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2812 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2813 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2814 already up-to-date.
2816 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2820 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2821 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2823 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2824 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2825 and corresponding effects.
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2832 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2835 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2837 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2839 ;;;***
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2851 ;;;***
2853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2854 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2857 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2858 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2859 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2860 from the cursor position.
2862 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2866 ;;;***
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Define Calc function.
2937 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2938 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2939 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2942 actual Lisp function name.
2944 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950 ;;;***
2952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2959 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 0
2964 ;;;;;; 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2968 Run the Emacs calculator.
2969 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971 \(fn)" t nil)
2973 ;;;***
2975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2980 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2981 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2982 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2983 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2984 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2987 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2988 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2989 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2990 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2991 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2992 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2993 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2994 window.
2996 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2997 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3000 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3001 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3002 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3003 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3004 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006 Runs the following hooks:
3008 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3009 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3010 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3011 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017 ;;;***
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 0
3020 ;;;;;; 0))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3024 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3029 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3030 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3031 it fails.
3033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035 ;;;***
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3038 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3042 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3044 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3045 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3048 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3049 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3050 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3051 restriction to ASCII.
3053 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055 capitalizedWorDD
3056 ^ ^ ^^
3058 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3059 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3060 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3063 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3064 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3065 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3066 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3067 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3068 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3071 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075 ;;;***
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3078 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3080 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3085 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3089 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3091 \(fn)" nil nil)
3093 ;;;***
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3096 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3100 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3103 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3105 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3108 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3128 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3148 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3154 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3159 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3160 variables are guessed:
3162 * `c-basic-offset', and
3163 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3164 `c-offsets-alist'.
3166 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3169 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3170 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3174 guess is made from scratch.
3176 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3177 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3179 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3181 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3182 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3183 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3184 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3186 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3187 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3188 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3190 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3192 ;;;***
3194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3195 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3198 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3200 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3201 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3202 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3203 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3204 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3206 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3220 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3221 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{c-mode-map}
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3233 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c++-mode-map}
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3252 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3253 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3254 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3255 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3256 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3257 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3258 message.
3260 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3263 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3265 Key bindings:
3266 \\{objc-mode-map}
3268 \(fn)" t nil)
3269 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3271 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Java code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{java-mode-map}
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3290 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3291 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3292 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3293 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3294 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3295 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3296 message.
3298 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3300 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3301 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3303 Key bindings:
3304 \\{idl-mode-map}
3306 \(fn)" t nil)
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3308 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3310 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3313 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{pike-mode-map}
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3329 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3331 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3333 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3335 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3336 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3337 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3338 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{awk-mode-map}
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3350 ;;;***
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3353 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3356 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3357 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3358 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3359 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3363 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3364 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3365 might get set too.
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3368 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3369 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3370 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3371 in this way.
3373 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3374 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3375 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3376 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3377 a null operation.
3379 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3381 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3382 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3383 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3384 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3386 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3388 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3389 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3390 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3392 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3394 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3395 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3396 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3397 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3398 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3400 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3402 ;;;***
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3405 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3407 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3408 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3409 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3411 ;;;***
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 0
3414 ;;;;;; 0))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3417 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3418 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3420 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3422 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3423 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3425 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3427 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3430 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3431 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3432 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3433 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3434 execution.
3436 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3438 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3440 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3443 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3444 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3446 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3450 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3451 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3452 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3453 `write' commands.
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3457 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3460 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3461 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3462 semantics.
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3466 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3468 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3470 STATEMENT :=
3471 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3472 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3474 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3475 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3476 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3477 | integer
3479 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3481 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3482 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3483 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3486 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3487 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3489 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3490 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3492 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3493 BREAK := (break)
3495 REPEAT :=
3496 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3497 (repeat)
3498 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3505 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3506 ;; (read REG)
3507 ;; (repeat))
3508 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3510 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3511 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3512 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3515 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3517 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3518 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3520 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3521 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3522 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3523 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3524 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3525 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3527 WRITE :=
3528 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3529 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3532 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; (write r7))
3534 | (write EXPRESSION)
3535 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3536 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 | (write integer)
3539 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3540 ;; buffer.
3541 | (write string)
3542 ;; Same as: (write string)
3543 | string
3544 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3545 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3546 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; representation.
3548 | (write REG ARRAY)
3549 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3550 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3551 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3552 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3553 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3554 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3556 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3557 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3559 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3560 END := (end)
3562 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3563 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3564 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3566 ARG := REG | integer
3568 OPERATOR :=
3569 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3570 + | - | * | / | %
3572 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | & | `|' | ^
3575 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3576 | << | >>
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3580 | <8
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3585 | >8
3587 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3588 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3589 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3590 | //
3592 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3593 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3596 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3597 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3598 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3599 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3600 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3601 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3602 | de-sjis
3604 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3605 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3606 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3607 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3609 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3610 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3611 ;; byte of SJIS.
3612 | en-sjis
3614 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3615 ;; Same meaning as C code
3616 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3618 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3620 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3621 | <8=
3623 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3625 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3627 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3628 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3629 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3630 | //=
3632 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3635 TRANSLATE :=
3636 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3637 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 LOOKUP :=
3640 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3641 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3642 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3643 MAP :=
3644 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3645 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3646 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3647 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3648 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3649 MAP-ID := integer
3651 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3653 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3655 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3664 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3675 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3678 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3679 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3680 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3681 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3683 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3685 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3687 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3688 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3690 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3698 ;;;***
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3701 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3703 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3705 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3706 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3707 There are no special keybindings by default.
3709 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3710 to the action header.
3712 \(fn)" t nil)
3714 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3715 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3716 There are no special keybindings by default.
3718 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3719 to the action header.
3721 \(fn)" t nil)
3723 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3725 on the buffer contents
3727 \(fn)" nil nil)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3734 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3739 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3742 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3743 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3744 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3749 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3750 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3752 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3754 ;;;***
3756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3757 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3759 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3772 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3778 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3779 the users will view as each check is completed.
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3784 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3785 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3786 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3787 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3788 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3789 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3790 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3792 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3794 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3795 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3796 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3797 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3798 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3799 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3800 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3801 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3803 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3806 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3807 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3808 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3809 spacing are all verified.
3811 \(fn)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3814 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3815 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3816 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3817 otherwise stop after the first error.
3819 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3822 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3823 Only documentation strings are checked.
3824 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3826 a separate buffer.
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3831 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3832 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3833 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3834 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3841 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3842 if there is one.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3849 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3850 if there is one.
3851 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3856 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3857 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3862 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3863 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3864 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3865 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3870 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3871 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3872 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3873 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3874 space at the end of each line.
3876 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3880 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3942 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3947 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3948 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3949 checking of documentation strings.
3951 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3955 ;;;***
3957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3958 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3961 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3962 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3963 Return the length of resulting text.
3965 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3968 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3970 \(fn)" t nil)
3972 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3973 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3974 Return the length of resulting text.
3976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3979 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3983 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3988 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3993 ;;;***
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3996 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3998 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3999 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4000 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4001 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4002 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4003 editing and the result is evaluated.
4005 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4007 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4008 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4009 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4010 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4011 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4013 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4017 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4018 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4019 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4020 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4021 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4023 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4024 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4025 \\{command-history-map}
4027 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4028 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 ;;;***
4034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4035 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4038 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4039 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4040 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4041 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4042 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4043 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4044 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4045 of this function.
4047 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4048 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4049 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4050 property are:
4052 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4053 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4055 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4056 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4057 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4058 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4059 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4060 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4061 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4062 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4063 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4064 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4065 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4066 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4068 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4069 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4070 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4072 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4073 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4074 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4075 list elements are:
4077 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4079 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4081 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4083 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4084 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4086 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4087 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4089 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4090 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4091 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4092 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4093 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4094 value specified by their associated list element.
4096 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4098 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4099 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4100 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4102 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4103 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4104 * indent the first argument by 4.
4105 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4106 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4107 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4109 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4111 ;;;***
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4114 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4116 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4120 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4121 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4122 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4123 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4124 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4125 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4127 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4128 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4130 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4132 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4134 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4136 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4138 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4142 ;;;***
4144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4145 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4148 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4149 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4150 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4151 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4153 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4154 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4155 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4156 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4158 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4159 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4161 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4163 ;;;***
4165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4168 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4169 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4170 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4171 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4172 of `scheme-program-name').
4173 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4174 it is given as initial input.
4175 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4176 discards input when it starts up.
4177 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4178 is run).
4179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4181 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4183 ;;;***
4185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4188 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4189 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4190 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4191 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4193 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4194 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4196 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4197 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4198 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4200 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4202 ;;;***
4204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4207 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4208 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4209 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4210 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4211 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4212 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4213 functions have already modified the buffer.
4215 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4217 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4218 either globally or locally.")
4220 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4221 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4222 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4223 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4225 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4226 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4227 `start-file-process'
4228 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4229 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4230 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4232 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4233 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4235 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4237 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4239 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4241 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4242 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4243 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4244 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4245 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4246 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4247 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4248 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4249 process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4258 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4259 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4260 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4261 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4262 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4264 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4266 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4267 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4268 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4269 directory tracking functions.")
4271 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4272 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4273 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4275 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4277 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4279 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4280 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4281 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4283 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4285 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to current process.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4292 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4296 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4297 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4299 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4301 ;;;***
4303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4304 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4307 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4308 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4309 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4310 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4312 This command pushes the mark in each window
4313 at the prior location of point in that window.
4314 If both windows display the same buffer,
4315 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4316 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4318 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4319 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4320 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4321 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4322 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4323 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4324 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4325 ignored.
4327 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4328 this command work in interlaced mode:
4329 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4330 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4331 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4333 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4335 ;;;***
4337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21356 47422
4338 ;;;;;; 369946 0))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4341 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4342 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4344 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4346 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4347 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4348 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4350 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4352 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4353 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4354 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4358 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4359 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4360 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4361 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4362 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4364 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4365 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4366 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4367 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4368 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4370 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4371 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4372 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4373 describing how the process finished.")
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4376 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4378 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4379 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4381 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4382 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4383 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4387 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4388 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4389 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4390 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4392 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4394 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4395 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4397 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4398 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4400 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4401 (lambda ()
4402 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4403 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4404 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4405 (concat \"make -k \"
4406 (if buffer-file-name
4407 (shell-quote-argument
4408 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4411 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4413 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4414 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4415 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4416 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4418 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4420 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4421 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4426 and move to the source code that caused it.
4428 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4429 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4431 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4432 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4433 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4434 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4435 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4437 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4438 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4439 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4440 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4442 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4443 kills its subprocesses.
4445 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4446 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4447 to a function that generates a unique name.
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4451 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4452 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4453 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4454 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4456 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4457 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4459 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4460 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4461 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4462 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4464 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4465 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4466 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4468 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4472 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4473 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4474 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4475 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4476 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4478 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4480 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4482 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4484 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4486 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4487 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4489 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4490 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4492 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4493 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4494 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4495 See `compilation-mode'.
4497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4502 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4503 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4505 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4506 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4507 `compilation-mode'.
4509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4512 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4513 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4515 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4517 ;;;***
4519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 0
4520 ;;;;;; 0))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4523 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4524 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4525 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4528 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4530 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4532 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4533 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4535 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4540 ;;;***
4542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4543 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4546 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4547 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4548 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4549 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4550 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4551 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4552 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4554 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4555 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4556 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4558 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4559 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4560 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4562 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4563 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4564 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4565 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4567 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4568 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4569 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4570 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4571 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4572 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4573 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4575 \\{conf-mode-map}
4577 \(fn)" t nil)
4579 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4580 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4581 Comments start with `#'.
4582 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4584 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4586 \[Desktop Entry]
4587 Encoding=UTF-8
4588 Name=The GIMP
4589 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4590 Name[cs]=GIMP
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4594 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `;'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4601 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4602 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4603 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4605 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4606 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4612 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4613 between `/*' and `*/'.
4614 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4616 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4617 // another kind of comment
4618 /* yet another */
4620 name:value
4621 name=value
4622 name value
4623 x.1 =
4624 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4625 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4631 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4632 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4633 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4634 `conf-space-keywords'.
4635 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4636 in an interactive fashion instead.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4642 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4643 image/png png
4644 image/tiff tiff tif
4646 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4647 class desktop
4648 # Standard multimedia devices
4649 add /dev/audio desktop
4650 add /dev/mixer desktop
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4654 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4655 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4656 See `conf-space-mode'.
4658 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4660 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4665 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4667 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4668 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4672 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4673 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4674 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4675 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4677 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4679 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4680 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4686 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4691 *background: gray99
4692 *foreground: black
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4696 ;;;***
4698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 0
4699 ;;;;;; 0))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4702 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4703 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4704 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4705 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4706 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4707 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4711 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4712 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4713 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4714 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4718 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4719 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4720 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4721 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725 ;;;***
4727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4728 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4730 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4731 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4732 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4734 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4735 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4736 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4737 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4738 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4739 following the copyright are updated as well.
4740 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4741 interactively.
4743 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4745 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4746 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4747 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4748 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4749 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4751 \(fn)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4754 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4756 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4759 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4760 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4762 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4764 ;;;***
4766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4767 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4769 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4772 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4775 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4777 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4778 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4779 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4780 Tab indents for Perl code.
4781 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4784 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4785 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4786 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4787 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4788 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4789 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4790 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4791 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4792 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4793 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4794 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4795 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4797 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4799 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4800 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4802 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4804 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4805 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4806 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4807 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4808 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4809 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4810 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4811 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4812 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4814 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4816 bite if angry;
4818 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4819 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4820 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4821 to nil.)
4823 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4824 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4825 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4827 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4829 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4830 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4831 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4832 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4833 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4835 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4837 if (A) { B }
4839 into
4841 B if A;
4843 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4845 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4846 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4847 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4848 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4849 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4850 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4851 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4852 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4853 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4854 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4855 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4856 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4857 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4859 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4860 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4861 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4862 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4863 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4864 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4866 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4867 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4868 man via menu.
4870 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4871 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4872 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4873 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4874 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4876 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4877 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4878 span the needed amount of lines.
4880 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4881 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4882 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4883 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4885 Variables controlling indentation style:
4886 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4887 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4888 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4889 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4890 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4891 `cperl-auto-newline'
4892 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4893 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4894 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4895 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4896 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4897 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4898 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4899 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4900 `cperl-indent-level'
4901 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4902 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4903 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4905 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4906 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4907 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4908 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4909 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4910 `cperl-brace-offset'
4911 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4912 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4913 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4914 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4915 `cperl-label-offset'
4916 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4917 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4918 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4920 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4921 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4922 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4924 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4927 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4928 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4929 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4930 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4932 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4933 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4934 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4935 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4936 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4937 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4938 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4940 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4941 column 0 is indented on
4942 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4944 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4945 with no args.
4947 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4948 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4949 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4951 \(fn)" t nil)
4953 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4954 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4956 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4963 ;;;***
4965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4968 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4969 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4970 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4971 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4972 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4977 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4981 ;;;***
4983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 0
4984 ;;;;;; 0))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4987 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4988 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4989 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4990 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4993 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4995 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4997 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4998 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5005 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5007 ;;;***
5009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5012 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5013 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5014 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5015 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5016 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5017 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5018 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5019 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5021 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5022 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5024 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5025 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5026 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5028 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5029 with empty strings removed.
5031 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5033 ;;;***
5035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5036 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5039 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5040 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5044 ;;;***
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5047 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5050 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5051 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5052 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5055 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5057 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5059 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5060 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5062 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5063 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5065 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5066 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5067 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5068 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5069 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5070 normal function of these prefix keys.
5072 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5073 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5074 options:
5075 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5076 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5077 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5079 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5080 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5081 the prefix fallback behavior.
5083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5085 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5086 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5090 ;;;***
5092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 53104
5093 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5096 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5097 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5098 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5105 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5107 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5108 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5110 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5112 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5113 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5115 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5117 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5118 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5120 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5122 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5123 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5125 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5126 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5128 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5129 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5131 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5133 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5135 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5136 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5137 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5140 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5142 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5143 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5145 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5146 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5148 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5150 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5152 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5153 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5154 Return VALUE.
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5157 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5159 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5160 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5162 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5163 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5165 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5167 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5169 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5170 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5171 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5172 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5174 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5175 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5176 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5178 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5180 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5181 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5182 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5183 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5184 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5186 \(fn)" t nil)
5188 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5189 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5190 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5191 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5193 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5196 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5197 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5199 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5201 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5202 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5204 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5206 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5208 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5209 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5211 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5213 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5215 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5217 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5219 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5221 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5222 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5223 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5224 as part of Emacs itself.
5226 Each elements looks like this:
5228 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5230 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5231 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5232 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5233 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5234 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5235 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5236 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5237 and `defface'.
5239 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5241 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5242 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5243 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5244 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5245 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5247 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5248 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5249 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5250 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5252 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5254 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5255 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5256 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5257 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5258 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5259 release.
5261 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5262 that were added or redefined since that version.
5264 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5266 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5267 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5268 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5269 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5271 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5273 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5274 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5276 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5278 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5279 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5280 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5282 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5283 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5285 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5287 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5290 \(fn)" t nil)
5292 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5293 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5295 \(fn)" t nil)
5297 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize all saved options and faces.
5300 \(fn)" t nil)
5302 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5304 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5305 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5306 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5307 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5309 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5310 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5311 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5313 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5315 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5316 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5318 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5320 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5325 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5326 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5328 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5330 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5331 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5332 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5333 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5334 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5335 that option.
5336 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5338 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5340 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5341 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5342 The result includes selecting that window.
5343 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5344 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5345 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5346 that option.
5348 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5353 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5355 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5356 File used for storing customization information.
5357 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5358 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5359 it should be an absolute file name.
5361 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5362 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5363 something like the following in your init file:
5365 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5366 \(load custom-file)
5368 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5369 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5371 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5372 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5373 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5374 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5375 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5377 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5378 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5379 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5380 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5381 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5382 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5383 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5384 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5385 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5386 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5388 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5390 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5391 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5393 \(fn)" nil nil)
5395 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5396 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5398 \(fn)" t nil)
5400 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5401 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5402 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5404 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5406 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5407 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5408 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5409 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5410 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5412 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5414 ;;;***
5416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5417 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5419 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5420 Create or edit a custom theme.
5421 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5422 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5423 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5424 from the Custom save file.
5425 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5426 named *Custom Theme*.
5428 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5430 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5431 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5433 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5435 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5436 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5438 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5440 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5441 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5442 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5443 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5445 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5447 ;;;***
5449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5450 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5453 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5454 Mode used for cvs status output.
5456 \(fn)" t nil)
5458 ;;;***
5460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 0
5461 ;;;;;; 0))
5462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5463 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5465 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5466 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5468 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5470 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5471 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5472 C++ modes are included.
5474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5475 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5476 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5480 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5482 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5489 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5491 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5492 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5493 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5494 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5495 ARG is omitted or nil.
5497 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5498 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5499 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5503 ;;;***
5505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5506 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5509 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5510 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5512 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5514 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5515 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5517 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5519 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5520 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5521 For readability, the table is slightly
5522 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5524 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5525 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5526 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5527 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5528 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5530 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5536 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5538 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5539 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5542 Completion on current word.
5543 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5544 and presents suggestions for completion.
5546 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5547 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5548 completions.
5550 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5551 then it searches *all* buffers.
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5556 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5558 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5559 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5560 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5561 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5562 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5564 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5565 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5567 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5568 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5569 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5571 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5572 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5574 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5578 ;;;***
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5581 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5584 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5585 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5587 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21366 48109 32392 0))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5594 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5595 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5596 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5597 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5598 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5600 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5602 ;;;***
5604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5605 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5608 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5609 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5611 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5612 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5613 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5615 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5616 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5617 Data lines are not indented.
5619 Key bindings:
5621 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5622 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5624 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5625 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5626 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5627 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5631 dcl-basic-offset
5632 Extra indentation within blocks.
5634 dcl-continuation-offset
5635 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5637 dcl-margin-offset
5638 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5640 dcl-margin-label-offset
5641 Indentation for a label.
5643 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5644 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5646 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp
5648 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5649 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5650 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5651 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5652 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5654 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5655 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5656 Two such functions are included in the package:
5657 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5658 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5660 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5661 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5662 One such function is included in the package:
5663 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5665 dcl-tab-always-indent
5666 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5667 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5668 margin.
5670 dcl-electric-characters
5671 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5672 typed.
5674 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5675 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5676 which words trigger electric indentation.
5678 dcl-tempo-comma
5679 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5680 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5681 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5683 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5684 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5685 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5686 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5688 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5689 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5690 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5691 dcl-imenu-label-call
5692 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5694 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5695 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5696 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5697 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5700 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5702 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5703 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5704 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5705 $ i = 1
5706 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5707 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5708 $ label:
5709 $ if i.eq.1
5710 $ then
5711 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5712 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5713 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5714 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5715 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5716 \"lined up with the command line\"
5717 $ type sys$input
5718 Data lines are not indented at all.
5719 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5720 $ endif
5724 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5725 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5727 \(fn)" t nil)
5729 ;;;***
5731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5735 (setq debugger 'debug)
5737 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5738 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5739 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5740 of the evaluator.
5742 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5743 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5744 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5746 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5748 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5753 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5754 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5755 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5756 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5757 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5758 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5760 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5761 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5765 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5767 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5769 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5771 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5773 ;;;***
5775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5787 Upper-case letters are commands.
5789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5790 modify it.
5792 The most useful commands are:
5793 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5794 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5795 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5797 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5798 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5802 ;;;***
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5805 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5806 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5808 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5809 Customization of `columns' group.
5811 \(fn)" t nil)
5813 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5814 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5816 START and END delimits the text region.
5818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5820 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5821 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5823 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5827 ;;;***
5829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5832 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5834 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5835 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5836 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5839 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5841 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5843 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5844 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5846 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5847 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5849 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5850 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5851 point regardless of any selection.
5853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5855 ;;;***
5857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5858 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5861 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5862 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5864 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5866 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5867 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5868 or nil if there is no parent.
5869 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5870 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5871 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5872 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5873 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5875 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5876 arguments are currently understood:
5877 :group GROUP
5878 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5879 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5880 :syntax-table TABLE
5881 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5882 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5883 :abbrev-table TABLE
5884 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5885 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5887 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5889 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5891 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5892 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5893 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5895 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5896 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5898 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5899 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5900 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5902 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5903 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5905 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5906 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5908 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5910 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5912 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5914 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5915 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5916 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5917 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5918 the first time the mode is used.
5920 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5922 ;;;***
5924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 0
5925 ;;;;;; 0))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5928 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5929 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5930 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5931 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5932 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5933 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5934 otherwise.
5936 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5938 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5939 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5940 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5941 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5943 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5944 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5945 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5947 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5948 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5949 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5950 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5951 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5952 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5953 relevant to POS.
5955 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5957 ;;;***
5959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
5960 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5962 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5963 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5964 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5966 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5967 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5969 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5971 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5972 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5974 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5975 is omitted or nil.
5977 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5978 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5979 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5980 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5982 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5983 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5985 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5986 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5988 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5990 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5994 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5995 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5996 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5997 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5999 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6001 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6002 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6004 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6005 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6006 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6008 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6009 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6011 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6012 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6013 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6015 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6016 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6017 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6018 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6020 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6022 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6023 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6025 Handlers are called with argument list
6027 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6029 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6031 `desktop-file-version'
6032 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6033 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6034 `desktop-buffer-point'
6035 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6036 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6037 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6039 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6040 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6042 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6043 code like
6045 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6047 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6048 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6050 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6052 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6054 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6055 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6056 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6057 List elements must have the form
6059 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6061 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6062 function.
6064 Handlers are called with argument list
6066 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6068 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6070 `desktop-file-version'
6071 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6072 `desktop-buffer-name'
6073 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6074 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6075 `desktop-buffer-point'
6076 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6077 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6078 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6080 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6081 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6082 created and set.
6084 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6085 code like
6087 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6089 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6090 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6092 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6094 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6096 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6098 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6099 Empty the Desktop.
6100 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6101 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6102 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6103 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6104 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6105 if different).
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6110 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6111 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6112 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6113 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6114 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6116 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6118 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6119 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6120 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6122 \(fn)" t nil)
6124 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6125 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6126 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6127 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6128 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6129 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6130 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6131 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6133 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6135 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6136 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6137 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6139 \(fn)" nil nil)
6141 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6143 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6144 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6145 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6146 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6147 directory DIRNAME.
6149 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6151 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6152 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6154 \(fn)" t nil)
6156 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6157 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6159 \(fn)" t nil)
6161 ;;;***
6163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6167 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6168 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6169 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6170 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6171 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6172 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6174 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6176 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6177 Repair a broken attribution line.
6178 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6180 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6182 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6183 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6184 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6185 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6187 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6189 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6190 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6192 \(fn)" t nil)
6194 ;;;***
6196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6197 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6198 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6200 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6201 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6202 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6203 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6204 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6209 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6210 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6211 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6213 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6214 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6215 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6216 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6218 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6219 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6221 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6222 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6223 calendar-date-style 'european
6224 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6226 \(diary-mail-entries)
6228 # diary-rem.el ends here
6230 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6232 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6233 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6235 \(fn)" t nil)
6237 ;;;***
6239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6240 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6242 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6243 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6245 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6247 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6248 The command to use to run diff.")
6250 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6252 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6253 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6254 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6255 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6256 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6257 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6259 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6260 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6261 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6263 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6266 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6267 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6268 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6269 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6270 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6272 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6274 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6275 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6277 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6279 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6280 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6281 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6283 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6285 ;;;***
6287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6288 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6291 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6292 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6293 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6294 normal diffs.
6296 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6297 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6298 headers for you on-the-fly.
6300 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6301 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6302 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6304 \\{diff-mode-map}
6306 \(fn)" t nil)
6308 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6309 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6314 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6323 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6324 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6325 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6327 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6329 ;;;***
6331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21356 47422 369946 0))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6334 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6335 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6336 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6337 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6338 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6339 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6340 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6341 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6343 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6345 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6346 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6347 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6348 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6349 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6350 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6352 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6353 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6354 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6355 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6356 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6357 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6358 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6359 list of files to make directory entries for.
6360 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6361 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6362 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6364 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6366 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6367 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6369 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6372 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6373 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6375 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6376 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6378 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6380 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6381 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6383 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6385 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6386 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6387 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6388 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6389 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6390 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6391 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6392 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6393 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6394 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6395 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6396 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6397 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6398 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6399 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6400 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6401 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6402 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6403 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6404 to see why something went wrong.
6405 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6406 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6407 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6408 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6409 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6410 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6411 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6412 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6413 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6414 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6415 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6416 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6417 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6419 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6420 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6421 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6422 again for the directory tree.
6424 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6425 for more info):
6427 `dired-listing-switches'
6428 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6429 `dired-marker-char'
6430 `dired-del-marker'
6431 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6432 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6433 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6434 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6436 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6438 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6439 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6440 `dired-mode-hook'
6441 `dired-load-hook'
6443 Keybindings:
6444 \\{dired-mode-map}
6446 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6447 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6449 ;;;***
6451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6454 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6455 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6457 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6458 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6460 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6461 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6462 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6464 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6465 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6466 directory.
6468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6470 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6471 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6472 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6473 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6474 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6475 from `default-directory'.
6477 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6479 ;;;***
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6482 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6485 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6486 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6487 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6488 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6489 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6490 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6492 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6494 ;;;***
6496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 0
6497 ;;;;;; 0))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6500 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6501 Return a new, empty display table.
6503 \(fn)" nil nil)
6505 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6506 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6507 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6508 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6509 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6511 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6513 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6514 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6515 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6516 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6517 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6519 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6521 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6522 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6524 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6526 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6527 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6529 \(fn)" t nil)
6531 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6532 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6534 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6535 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6537 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6538 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6539 byte.
6541 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6542 in the default way after this call.
6544 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6546 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6547 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6549 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6552 Display character C using printable string S.
6554 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6558 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6559 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6561 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6563 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6564 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6565 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6566 X frame.
6568 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6570 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6571 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6573 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6576 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6580 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6581 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6583 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6585 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6586 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6588 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6590 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6591 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6593 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6595 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6596 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6598 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6599 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6601 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6602 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6604 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6605 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6606 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6607 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6609 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6610 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6611 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6612 in `.emacs'.
6614 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6616 ;;;***
6618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6619 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6622 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6623 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6624 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6625 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6626 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6627 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6628 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6629 Default is 2.
6631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6633 ;;;***
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6636 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6638 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6639 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6640 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6641 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6642 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6643 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6644 private or ask).
6645 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6646 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6647 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6648 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6649 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6651 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6653 ;;;***
6655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6656 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6659 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6660 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6661 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6662 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6663 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6664 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6665 table and its own syntax table.
6667 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6669 \(fn)" t nil)
6670 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6672 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6673 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6675 \(fn)" t nil)
6677 ;;;***
6679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21312 16713 0 0))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6682 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6683 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6684 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6685 OpenDocument format).
6687 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6690 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6692 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6693 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6695 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6696 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6697 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6699 \(fn)" t nil)
6701 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6702 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6703 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6704 to the next best mode.
6706 \(fn)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6709 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6714 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6718 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6721 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6723 ;;;***
6725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6728 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6729 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6731 \(fn)" t nil)
6733 ;;;***
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6738 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6739 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6741 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6742 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6744 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6745 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6749 ;;;***
6751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6753 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6755 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6756 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6760 ;;;***
6762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6763 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6766 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6768 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6769 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6770 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6771 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6772 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6774 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6775 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6776 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6777 and disables it otherwise.
6779 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6780 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6781 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6782 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6784 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6785 documenting what its argument does.
6787 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6788 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6789 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6790 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6791 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6792 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6793 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6794 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6796 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6797 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6798 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6799 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6800 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6801 mode is global):
6803 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6804 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6805 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6806 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6807 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6808 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6809 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6810 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6811 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6812 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6813 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6814 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6815 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6816 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6817 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6818 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6819 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6820 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6821 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6822 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6823 in :variable).
6825 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6826 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6828 For example, you could write
6829 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6830 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6831 ...BODY CODE...)
6833 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6835 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6837 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6839 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6841 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6842 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6843 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6844 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6845 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6846 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6847 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6848 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6849 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6850 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6851 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6852 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6854 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6855 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6856 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6857 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6858 call another major mode in their body.
6860 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6861 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6862 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6864 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6866 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6868 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6870 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6871 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6872 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6873 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6874 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6876 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6878 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6879 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6880 :inherit Parent keymap.
6881 :group Ignored.
6882 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6883 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6885 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6887 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6888 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6889 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6890 the constant's documentation.
6892 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6896 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6898 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6900 ;;;***
6902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6903 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6906 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6907 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6908 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6909 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6911 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6912 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6913 as a top-level menu bar item.
6915 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6916 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6917 pairs:
6919 :filter FUNCTION
6920 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6921 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6922 items to actually display.
6924 :visible INCLUDE
6925 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6926 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6927 alias for `:visible'.
6929 :active ENABLE
6930 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6931 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6932 an alias for `:active'.
6934 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6935 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6937 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6939 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6941 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6942 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6944 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6945 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6947 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6949 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6951 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6952 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6954 :keys KEYS
6955 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6956 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6957 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6958 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6960 :key-sequence KEYS
6961 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6962 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6963 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6964 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6966 :active ENABLE
6967 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6968 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6969 alias for `:active'.
6971 :visible INCLUDE
6972 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6973 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6974 `:visible'.
6976 :label FORM
6977 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6978 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6980 :suffix FORM
6981 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6982 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6984 :style STYLE
6985 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6986 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6987 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6989 :selected SELECTED
6990 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6991 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6993 :help HELP
6994 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6996 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6997 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6998 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7000 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7001 MENU. This is a submenu.
7003 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7005 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7007 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7010 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7012 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7013 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7014 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7015 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7017 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7019 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7020 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7021 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7022 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7023 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7024 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7026 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7027 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7028 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7030 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7031 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7032 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7034 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7035 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7037 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7039 ;;;***
7041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7042 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7044 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7046 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7047 Customization for ebnf group.
7049 \(fn)" t nil)
7051 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7054 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7056 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7057 processed.
7059 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7061 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7066 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7067 killed after process termination.
7069 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7071 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7076 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7077 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7078 it to the printer.
7080 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7081 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7082 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7083 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7085 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7087 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7088 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7091 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7093 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7096 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7098 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7099 processed.
7101 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7103 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7108 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7109 killed after process termination.
7111 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7113 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7116 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7117 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7118 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7120 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7122 \(fn)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7126 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7128 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7138 processed.
7140 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7144 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7145 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7148 killed after EPS generation.
7150 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7157 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7158 The EPS file name has the following form:
7160 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7162 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7163 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7165 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7166 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7167 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7168 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7169 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7171 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7172 files.
7174 \(fn)" t nil)
7176 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7177 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7179 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7180 The EPS file name has the following form:
7182 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7184 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7185 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7187 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7188 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7189 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7190 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7191 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7193 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7194 files.
7196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7198 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7203 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7205 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7206 are processed.
7208 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7210 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7215 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7216 killed after syntax checking.
7218 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7220 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7225 \(fn)" t nil)
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7230 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7235 \(fn)" nil nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7242 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7247 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7249 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Delete style NAME.
7254 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7256 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7261 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7263 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Set STYLE as the current style.
7268 Returns the old style symbol.
7270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7272 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Reset current style.
7277 Returns the old style symbol.
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7286 Returns the old style symbol.
7288 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7290 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7292 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7294 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7295 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7297 Returns the old style symbol.
7299 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7301 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7305 ;;;***
7307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7308 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7311 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7312 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7313 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7314 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7315 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7316 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7318 Tree mode key bindings:
7319 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7324 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7329 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7334 View declaration of member at point.
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find declaration of member at point.
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7344 View definition of member at point.
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7349 Find definition of member at point.
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7354 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7359 View definition of member at point in other window.
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7364 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7369 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7371 \(fn)" t nil)
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7374 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7376 \(fn)" t nil)
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7379 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7381 \(fn)" t nil)
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7384 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7385 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7386 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7387 completion.
7389 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7392 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7393 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7394 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7396 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7399 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7400 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7401 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7403 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7406 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7407 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7412 Search for call sites of a member.
7413 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7414 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7415 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7416 looks like a function call to the member.
7418 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7421 Move backward in the position stack.
7422 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7427 Move forward in the position stack.
7428 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7430 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7433 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7438 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7443 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7444 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7445 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7447 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7450 Display statistics for a class tree.
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7454 ;;;***
7456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
7457 ;;;;;; 0))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7460 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7461 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7462 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7463 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7464 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7465 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7466 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7468 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7470 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7471 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7472 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7473 also has this effect.
7474 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7475 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7476 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7477 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7478 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7479 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7480 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7481 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7482 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7483 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7485 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7487 ;;;***
7489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7490 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7492 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7493 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7494 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7496 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7498 ;;;***
7500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7501 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7504 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7507 \(fn)" nil nil)
7509 ;;;***
7511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
7512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7513 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7515 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7516 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7517 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7520 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7522 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7524 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7525 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7530 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7531 an EDE controlled project.
7533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7535 ;;;***
7537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 53104
7538 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7539 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7541 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7542 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7543 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7544 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7545 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7547 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7548 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7549 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7550 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7552 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7554 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7555 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7556 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7557 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7559 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7561 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7562 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7563 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7564 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7566 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7568 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7570 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7571 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7572 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7573 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7574 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7576 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7577 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7578 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7579 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7580 instrumented for Edebug.
7582 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7583 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7584 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7585 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7586 already is one.)
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7591 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7593 \(fn)" t nil)
7595 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7596 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7598 \(fn)" t nil)
7600 ;;;***
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 46976 0 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7604 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7606 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7607 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7609 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7614 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7616 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7618 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7620 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7621 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7622 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7623 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7627 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7628 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7629 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7630 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7632 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7634 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7635 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7637 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7639 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7641 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7642 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7644 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7646 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7648 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7649 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7650 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7651 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7653 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7655 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7657 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7659 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7660 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7662 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7664 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7666 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7668 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7669 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7671 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7673 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7677 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7678 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7682 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7685 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7686 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7687 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7688 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7689 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7691 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7693 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7695 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7696 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7698 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7700 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7702 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7704 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7705 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7707 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7709 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7711 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7713 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7714 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7715 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7716 follows:
7717 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7718 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7720 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7722 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7723 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7724 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7725 follows:
7726 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7727 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7729 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7731 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7732 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7733 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7734 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7735 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7737 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7739 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7740 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7741 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7742 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7743 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7744 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7746 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7750 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7751 Merge two files without ancestor.
7753 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7756 Merge two files with ancestor.
7758 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7762 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7763 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7765 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7768 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7770 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7774 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7775 buffer.
7777 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7781 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7782 buffer.
7784 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7787 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7788 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7789 and don't ask the user.
7790 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7791 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7797 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7798 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7799 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7800 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7801 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7802 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7804 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7806 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7808 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7812 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7813 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7814 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7816 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7821 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7822 When called interactively, displays the version.
7824 \(fn)" t nil)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7827 Display Ediff's manual.
7828 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7830 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7862 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7865 \(fn)" nil nil)
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7870 \(fn)" nil nil)
7872 ;;;***
7874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7875 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7878 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7881 \(fn)" t nil)
7883 ;;;***
7885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 53104
7886 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7889 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7890 Display Ediff's registry.
7892 \(fn)" t nil)
7894 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7896 ;;;***
7898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7899 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7902 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7903 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7904 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7905 which see.
7907 \(fn)" t nil)
7909 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7910 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7911 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7912 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7916 ;;;***
7918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7920 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7922 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7923 Edit a keyboard macro.
7924 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7925 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7926 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7927 its command name.
7928 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7930 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7933 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7935 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7937 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7938 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7940 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7943 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7944 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7945 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7946 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7947 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7949 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7950 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7951 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7952 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7954 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7957 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7958 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7959 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7960 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7961 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7963 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7965 ;;;***
7967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7970 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7971 Set scroll margins.
7972 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7973 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7975 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7977 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7978 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7982 ;;;***
7984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7987 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7988 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7989 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7990 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7991 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7992 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7993 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7995 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7996 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7998 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7999 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8000 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8001 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8003 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8004 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8005 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8007 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8008 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8009 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8011 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8013 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8016 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8018 ;;;***
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21364 41525
8021 ;;;;;; 730218 0))
8022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8023 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8025 ;;;***
8027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8028 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8030 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8032 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8033 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8034 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8035 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8036 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8037 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8038 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8040 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8042 ;;;***
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8045 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8048 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8049 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8051 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8053 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8054 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8056 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8057 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8059 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8060 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8061 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8062 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8063 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8064 expression point is on.
8066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8068 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8070 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8071 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8072 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8073 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8074 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8075 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8076 arg list.
8078 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8079 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8080 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8081 effect.
8083 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8084 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8086 ;;;***
8088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
8089 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8091 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8092 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8094 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8095 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8096 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8098 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8100 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8101 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8102 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8105 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8107 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8109 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8110 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8115 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8116 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8117 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8121 ;;;***
8123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 0
8124 ;;;;;; 0))
8125 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8127 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8128 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8130 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8131 an elided material again.
8133 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8137 ;;;***
8139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8140 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8143 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8144 Lint the file FILE.
8146 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8148 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8149 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8150 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8152 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8155 Lint the current buffer.
8156 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8158 \(fn)" t nil)
8160 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8161 Lint the function at point.
8162 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8164 \(fn)" t nil)
8166 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8167 Initialize elint.
8168 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8169 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8171 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8173 ;;;***
8175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8179 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8180 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8182 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8184 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8185 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8186 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8187 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8189 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8191 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8192 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8193 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8195 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8197 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8199 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8200 Display current profiling results.
8201 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8202 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8203 displayed.
8205 \(fn)" t nil)
8207 ;;;***
8209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 0
8210 ;;;;;; 0))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8213 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8214 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8215 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8216 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8217 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8218 ARG is omitted or nil.
8220 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8221 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8222 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8223 used instead.
8225 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8227 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8228 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8229 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8231 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8235 ;;;***
8237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 0
8238 ;;;;;; 0))
8239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8241 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8242 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8243 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8245 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8247 ;;;***
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 20664 637808
8250 ;;;;;; 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8254 Run Emerge on two files.
8256 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8259 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8261 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8263 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8264 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8266 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8268 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8269 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8271 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8273 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8276 \(fn)" nil nil)
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8281 \(fn)" nil nil)
8283 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8286 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8288 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8291 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8293 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8294 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8296 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8299 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8301 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8306 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8308 ;;;***
8310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8311 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8314 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8315 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8316 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8317 text/enriched format.
8319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8320 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8321 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8323 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8325 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8326 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8328 Commands:
8330 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8334 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8337 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8339 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8342 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8344 ;;;***
8346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8349 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8350 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8352 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8354 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8355 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8357 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8360 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8361 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8362 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8363 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8364 the keys are listed.
8365 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8367 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8369 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8370 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8371 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8373 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8375 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8376 Verify FILE.
8378 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8381 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8383 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8386 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8388 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8391 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8393 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8394 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8395 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8396 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8398 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8399 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8400 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8401 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8402 should consider using the string based counterpart
8403 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8404 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8406 For example:
8408 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8409 (decode-coding-string
8410 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8411 'utf-8))
8413 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8415 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8416 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8418 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8419 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8421 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8424 Verify the current region between START and END.
8426 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8427 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8428 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8429 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8430 should consider using the string based counterpart
8431 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8432 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8434 For example:
8436 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8437 (decode-coding-string
8438 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8439 'utf-8))
8441 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8444 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8445 between START and END.
8447 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8448 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8453 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8455 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8456 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8457 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8458 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8459 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8460 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8462 For example:
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465 (epg-sign-string
8466 context
8467 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8469 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8472 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8474 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8475 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8476 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8477 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8478 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8479 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8481 For example:
8483 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8484 (epg-encrypt-string
8485 context
8486 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8487 nil))
8489 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8491 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8492 Delete selected KEYS.
8494 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8497 Import keys from FILE.
8499 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8502 Import keys from the region.
8504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8506 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8507 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8508 between START and END.
8510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8513 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8515 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8518 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8520 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8522 ;;;***
8524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8527 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8528 Decrypt marked files.
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8533 Verify marked files.
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8538 Sign marked files.
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8543 Encrypt marked files.
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 ;;;***
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8552 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8555 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8557 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8562 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8567 ;;;***
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8570 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8572 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8573 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8581 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8582 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8584 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8589 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8590 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8592 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8596 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8597 Sign the current buffer.
8598 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8605 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8606 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8607 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8608 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8609 and also whether and how to sign.
8611 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8612 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8613 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8615 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8617 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8619 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8620 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8621 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8628 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8629 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8631 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8632 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8634 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8636 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8637 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8639 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8640 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8644 ;;;***
8646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8648 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8650 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8651 Return a context object.
8653 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8655 ;;;***
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 0
8658 ;;;;;; 0))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8661 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8662 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8664 \(fn)" nil nil)
8666 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8667 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8669 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8671 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8672 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8674 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8676 ;;;***
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8680 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8682 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8683 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8685 \(fn)" nil nil)
8687 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8688 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8689 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8691 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8693 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8694 (server (erc-compute-server))
8695 (port (erc-compute-port))
8696 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8697 password
8698 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8700 That is, if called with
8702 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8704 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8705 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8706 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8708 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8710 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8712 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8713 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8714 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8716 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8719 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8720 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8721 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8723 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8725 ;;;***
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8728 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8732 ;;;***
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8735 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8746 ;;;***
8748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8749 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8751 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8753 ;;;***
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8757 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8759 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8760 Parser for /dcc command.
8761 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8762 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8763 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8765 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8767 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8768 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8770 \(fn)" nil nil)
8772 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8773 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8775 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8776 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8777 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8778 that subcommand.
8780 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8782 ;;;***
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8785 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8787 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8789 ;;;***
8791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8792 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8795 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8796 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8798 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8800 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8801 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8802 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8803 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8805 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8815 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8820 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8822 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8823 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8825 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8835 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8840 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8843 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8845 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8850 \(fn)" nil nil)
8852 ;;;***
8854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 0
8855 ;;;;;; 0))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8857 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8859 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8860 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8861 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8865 ;;;***
8867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8868 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8870 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8873 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8874 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8875 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8876 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8877 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8878 system.
8880 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8882 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8885 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8887 ;;;***
8889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8890 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8898 ;;;***
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 0
8901 ;;;;;; 0))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8905 ;;;***
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 0
8908 ;;;;;; 0))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8912 ;;;***
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8918 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8919 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8920 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8922 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8923 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8927 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8928 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8929 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8930 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8932 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8933 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8934 automatically.
8936 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8937 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8941 ;;;***
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8963 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8964 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8974 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8988 ;;;***
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
8991 ;;;;;; 0))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8995 ;;;***
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
8998 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9003 Show who's gone.
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9007 ;;;***
9009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9010 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9013 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9014 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9015 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9016 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9020 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9021 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9023 \(fn)" t nil)
9025 ;;;***
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9028 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9033 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9034 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9035 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9039 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9042 \(fn)" nil nil)
9044 ;;;***
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 0
9047 ;;;;;; 0))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9051 ;;;***
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9054 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9058 ;;;***
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9061 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 0
9068 ;;;;;; 0))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9072 ;;;***
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9075 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9080 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9082 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9084 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9085 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9086 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9088 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9090 ;;;***
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9093 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9097 ;;;***
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9100 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9104 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9105 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 ;;;***
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9112 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9116 ;;;***
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9119 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9123 ;;;***
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9126 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9129 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9130 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9131 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9133 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9135 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9136 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9141 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9142 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9143 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9144 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9152 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9157 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9158 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9159 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9161 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9163 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9164 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9165 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9167 \(fn)" t nil)
9169 ;;;***
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 0
9172 ;;;;;; 0))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9177 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9179 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9181 ;;;***
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9186 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9187 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9189 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9190 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9192 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9193 useful for assertions in BODY.
9195 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9197 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9198 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9199 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9201 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9203 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9205 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9207 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9208 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9210 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9211 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9212 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9213 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9215 Returns the stats object.
9217 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9219 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9220 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9222 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9223 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9224 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9225 the tests).
9227 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9229 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9230 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9232 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9233 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9234 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9235 and how to display message.
9237 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9239 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9241 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9242 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9244 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9246 ;;;***
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9249 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9252 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9254 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9255 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9257 \(fn)" t nil)
9259 ;;;***
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9262 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9265 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9266 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 0
9273 ;;;;;; 0))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9275 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9277 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9278 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9279 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9280 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9281 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9282 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9283 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9284 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9285 buffer selected (or created).
9287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9289 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9290 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9291 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9293 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9295 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9296 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9297 The result might be any Lisp object.
9298 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9299 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9300 corresponding to a successful execution.
9302 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9304 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9306 ;;;***
9308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 0
9309 ;;;;;; 0))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9312 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9313 File name of tags table.
9314 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9315 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9316 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9317 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9318 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9320 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9321 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9322 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9323 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9325 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9327 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9328 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9329 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9330 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9331 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9332 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9334 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9336 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9337 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9338 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9340 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9342 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9343 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9344 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9345 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9346 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9348 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9350 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9351 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9352 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9353 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9355 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9357 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9358 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9359 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9360 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9361 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9363 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9365 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9366 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9370 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9371 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9372 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9373 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9375 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9376 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9377 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9378 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9379 file the tag was in.
9381 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9383 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9384 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9385 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9386 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9387 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9388 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9389 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9390 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9391 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9393 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9395 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9396 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9397 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9398 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9399 without directory names.
9401 \(fn)" nil nil)
9402 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9403 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9404 (progn
9405 (load "etags")
9406 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9408 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9409 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9410 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9411 but does not select the buffer.
9412 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9414 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9415 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9416 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9417 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9418 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9420 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9422 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9423 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9424 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9426 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9428 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9430 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9431 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9432 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9433 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9435 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9436 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9437 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9438 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9439 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9441 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9443 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9444 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9445 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9447 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9449 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9450 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9452 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9453 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9454 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9455 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9456 around or before point.
9458 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9459 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9460 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9461 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9462 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9464 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9466 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9467 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9468 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9470 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9472 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9473 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9475 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9476 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9477 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9478 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9479 around or before point.
9481 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9482 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9483 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9484 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9485 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9487 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9489 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9490 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9491 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9493 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9495 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9496 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9498 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9499 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9500 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9502 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9503 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9504 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9505 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9506 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9508 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9510 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9511 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9512 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9514 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9516 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9517 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9518 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9520 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9521 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9523 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9524 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9525 where they were found.
9527 \(fn)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9530 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9532 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9533 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9534 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9536 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9537 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9539 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9540 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9542 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9544 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9545 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9546 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9547 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9549 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9550 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9551 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9552 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9553 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9555 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9556 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9558 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9559 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9560 Stops when a match is found.
9561 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9563 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9564 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9565 restricted to these files.
9567 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9569 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9571 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9572 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9573 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9574 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9575 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9576 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9577 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9578 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9580 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9581 produce the list of files to search.
9583 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9585 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9587 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9588 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9589 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9590 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9591 directory specification.
9593 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9595 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9596 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9598 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9600 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9601 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9602 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9603 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9605 \(fn)" t nil)
9607 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9608 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9609 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9610 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9611 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9613 \(fn)" t nil)
9615 ;;;***
9617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9618 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9621 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9624 \(fn)" nil nil)
9626 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9627 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9629 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9630 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9632 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9633 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9634 primary language.
9636 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9637 even if the buffer is read-only.
9639 See also the descriptions of the variables
9640 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9642 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9645 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9647 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9648 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9650 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9651 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9652 primary language.
9654 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9655 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9657 See also the descriptions of the variables
9658 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9660 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9662 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9663 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9664 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9665 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9667 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9669 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9670 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9671 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9672 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9674 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9675 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9676 primary language.
9678 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9679 buffer is read-only.
9681 See also the descriptions of the variables
9682 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9683 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9685 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9687 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9688 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9690 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9691 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9693 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9694 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9695 the primary language.
9697 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9698 buffer is read-only.
9700 See also the descriptions of the variables
9701 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9702 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9704 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9706 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9707 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9708 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9710 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9713 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9715 \(fn)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9718 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9720 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9721 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9722 be 1, 2, or 3.
9724 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9725 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9726 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9728 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9730 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9733 This function is deprecated.
9735 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9740 \(fn)" t nil)
9742 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9743 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9745 \(fn)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9750 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9751 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9753 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9754 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9756 \(fn)" nil nil)
9758 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9759 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9761 \(fn)" nil nil)
9763 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9764 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9766 \(fn)" nil nil)
9768 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9769 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9774 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9775 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9782 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9784 ;;;***
9786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9789 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9790 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9791 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9792 server for future sessions.
9794 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9796 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9797 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9798 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9800 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9802 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9803 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9804 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9806 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9808 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9809 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9810 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9811 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9812 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9813 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9814 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9815 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9816 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9817 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9818 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9819 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9821 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9823 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9824 Display a form to query the directory server.
9825 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9826 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9828 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9830 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9831 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9832 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9834 \(fn)" t nil)
9836 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9838 ;;;***
9840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 0
9841 ;;;;;; 0))
9842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9844 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9845 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9847 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9849 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9850 Display URL and make it clickable.
9852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9855 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9857 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9859 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9860 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9864 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9865 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9867 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9869 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9870 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9872 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9874 ;;;***
9876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9877 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9880 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9881 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9882 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9884 \(fn)" t nil)
9886 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9887 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9891 ;;;***
9893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9894 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9897 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9898 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9900 \(fn)" t nil)
9902 ;;;***
9904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 0
9905 ;;;;;; 0))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9908 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9909 Create an empty ewoc.
9911 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9913 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9914 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9915 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9916 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9917 `insert-before-markers'.
9919 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9920 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9921 respectively, of the ewoc.
9923 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9924 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9925 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9927 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9929 ;;;***
9931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9934 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9935 Fetch URL and render the page.
9936 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9937 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9939 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9940 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9942 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9943 Render a file using EWW.
9945 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9947 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9950 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9952 ;;;***
9954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9955 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9958 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9959 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9960 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9962 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9964 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9965 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9966 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9967 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9968 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9970 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9973 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9974 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9975 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9976 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9977 executable.
9979 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9981 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9982 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9983 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9988 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9989 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9990 file modes.
9992 \(fn)" nil nil)
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9999 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10000 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10001 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10002 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10004 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10006 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10007 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10008 to generate such functions.
10010 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10011 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10012 beginning of the expanded text.
10014 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10015 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10016 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10017 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10019 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10021 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10023 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10024 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10025 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10029 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10030 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10031 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10033 \(fn)" t nil)
10035 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10036 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10037 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10039 \(fn)" t nil)
10040 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10041 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10043 ;;;***
10045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10048 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10049 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10050 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10052 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10053 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10054 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10056 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10058 Key definitions:
10059 \\{f90-mode-map}
10061 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10063 `f90-do-indent'
10064 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10065 `f90-if-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10067 `f90-type-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10069 `f90-program-indent'
10070 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10071 (default 2).
10072 `f90-associate-indent'
10073 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10074 `f90-critical-indent'
10075 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10076 `f90-continuation-indent'
10077 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10078 `f90-comment-region'
10079 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10080 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10081 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10082 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10083 (default \"!\").
10084 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10085 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10086 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10087 `f90-break-delimiters'
10088 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10089 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10090 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10091 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10092 (default t).
10093 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10094 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10095 `f90-smart-end'
10096 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10097 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10098 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10099 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10100 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10101 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10102 `f90-leave-line-no'
10103 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10105 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10106 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10108 \(fn)" t nil)
10110 ;;;***
10112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 0
10113 ;;;;;; 0))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10116 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10117 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10118 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10119 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10121 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10122 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10123 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10124 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10125 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10127 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10128 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10129 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10130 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10131 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10132 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10133 attributes.
10135 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10136 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10138 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10140 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10141 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10142 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10143 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10145 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10147 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10148 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10149 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10150 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10152 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10153 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10154 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10156 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10157 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10158 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10159 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10161 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10163 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10164 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10165 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10167 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10168 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10169 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10170 the same amount).
10172 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10174 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10175 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10176 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10178 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10179 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10180 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10181 will remove any scaling currently active.
10183 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10185 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10186 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10187 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10189 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10190 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10191 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10192 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10193 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10195 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10196 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10198 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10200 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10201 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10203 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10204 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10205 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10207 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10208 the face height as long as the input event read
10209 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10211 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10212 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10213 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10214 will remove any scaling currently active.
10216 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10217 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10218 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10219 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10220 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10222 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10224 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10225 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10227 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10228 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10229 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10233 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10234 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10235 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10236 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10237 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10238 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10239 `buffer-face-mode'.
10241 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10242 local, and sets it to FACE.
10244 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10246 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10247 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10248 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10249 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10250 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10251 `face' text property.
10253 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10254 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10255 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10256 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10258 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10259 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10261 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10263 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10264 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10265 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10266 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10270 ;;;***
10272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10273 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10275 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10277 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10278 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10279 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10280 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10282 \(fn)" nil nil)
10284 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10285 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10290 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10291 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10292 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10296 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10297 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10298 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10299 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10300 backup file names and the like).
10302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10304 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10305 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10306 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10307 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10308 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10309 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10310 internally by feedmail):
10312 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10313 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10314 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10315 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10317 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10318 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10319 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10320 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10321 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10323 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10325 ;;;***
10327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10330 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10331 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10332 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10333 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10334 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10335 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10336 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10338 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10340 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10341 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10342 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10343 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10344 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10345 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10346 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10348 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10350 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10352 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10353 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10354 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10355 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10356 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10357 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10359 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10361 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10362 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10363 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10364 Return value:
10365 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10366 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10367 * otherwise, nil
10369 \(fn E)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10372 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10373 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10375 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10377 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10378 Try to get a file name at point.
10379 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10381 \(fn)" nil nil)
10383 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10384 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10386 \(fn)" t nil)
10388 ;;;***
10390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10391 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10393 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10394 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10395 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10396 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10398 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10400 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10401 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10402 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10403 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10404 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10405 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10407 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10409 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10410 Add FILE to the file cache.
10412 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10415 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10416 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10418 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10421 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10422 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10424 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10427 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10428 This function does not use any external programs.
10429 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10430 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10431 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10433 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10436 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10437 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10438 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10439 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10440 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10441 \(directories) is done.
10443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10445 ;;;***
10447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 0
10448 ;;;;;; 0))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10451 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10452 Handle file system monitoring event.
10453 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10454 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10456 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10458 ;;;***
10460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10461 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10463 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10464 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10466 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10467 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10468 Local Variables list.
10470 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10471 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10472 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10474 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10476 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10477 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10479 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10481 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10482 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10484 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10485 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10486 the -*- line.
10488 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10489 then this function adds it.
10491 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10494 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10496 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10498 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10499 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10501 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10503 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10504 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10506 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10509 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10514 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10516 \(fn)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10519 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10521 \(fn)" t nil)
10523 ;;;***
10525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10528 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10529 Filesets initialization.
10530 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10532 \(fn)" nil nil)
10534 ;;;***
10536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10538 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10540 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10541 Initiate the building of a find command.
10542 For example:
10544 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10545 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10546 (mtime \"+1\"))
10547 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10549 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10550 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10552 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10554 ;;;***
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 0
10557 ;;;;;; 0))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10560 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10561 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10562 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10564 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10566 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10567 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10569 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10571 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10572 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10573 and run Dired on those files.
10574 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10575 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10577 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10579 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10581 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10583 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10584 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10585 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10587 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10588 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10590 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10591 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10593 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10600 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10601 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10602 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10603 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10604 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10605 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10606 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10608 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10610 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10611 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10612 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10614 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10616 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10618 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10620 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10621 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10622 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10624 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10625 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10627 Variables of interest include:
10629 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10630 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10631 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10633 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10634 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10635 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10637 - `ff-ignore-include'
10638 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10640 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10641 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10643 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10644 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10646 - `ff-special-constructs'
10647 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10648 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10649 extracting the filename from that construct.
10651 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10652 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10654 - `ff-search-directories'
10655 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10656 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10658 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10659 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10661 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10662 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10664 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10665 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10667 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10668 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10670 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10671 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10673 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10675 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10676 Visit the file you click on.
10678 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10680 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10681 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10683 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10685 ;;;***
10687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10688 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
10689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10691 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10692 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10693 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10695 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10698 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10699 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10700 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10702 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10703 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10704 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10705 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10707 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10709 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10710 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10712 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10713 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10714 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10715 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10717 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10718 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10719 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10721 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10722 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10723 in `load-path'.
10725 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10727 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10728 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10730 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10731 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10732 places point before the definition.
10733 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10735 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10736 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10737 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10739 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10741 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10742 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10744 See `find-function' for more details.
10746 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10749 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10751 See `find-function' for more details.
10753 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10755 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10756 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10758 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10759 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10760 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10762 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10763 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10765 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10767 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10768 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10770 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10771 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10772 places point before the definition.
10774 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10776 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10777 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10778 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10780 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10782 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10783 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10785 See `find-variable' for more details.
10787 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10789 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10790 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10792 See `find-variable' for more details.
10794 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10796 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10797 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10798 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10799 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10800 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10801 buffer nor display it.
10803 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10804 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10806 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10808 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10809 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10811 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10812 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10813 places point before the definition.
10815 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10817 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10818 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10819 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10821 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10823 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10824 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10825 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10827 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10830 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10832 \(fn)" t nil)
10834 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10835 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10837 \(fn)" t nil)
10839 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10840 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10842 \(fn)" nil nil)
10844 ;;;***
10846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10849 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10850 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10852 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10854 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10855 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10857 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10859 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10860 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10862 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10864 ;;;***
10866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10867 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10868 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10870 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10871 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10873 \(fn)" t nil)
10875 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10876 Display FILE's commentary section.
10877 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10879 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10881 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10882 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10884 \(fn)" t nil)
10886 ;;;***
10888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10891 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10892 Toggle flow control handling.
10893 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10894 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10896 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10898 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10899 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10900 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10901 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10902 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10903 to get the effect of a C-q.
10905 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10907 ;;;***
10909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10910 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10913 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10918 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10921 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10923 ;;;***
10925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10926 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10928 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10930 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10931 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10933 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10934 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10935 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10940 Turn flymake mode on.
10942 \(fn)" nil nil)
10944 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10945 Turn flymake mode off.
10947 \(fn)" nil nil)
10949 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10952 \(fn)" nil nil)
10954 ;;;***
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10957 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10960 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10961 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10964 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10966 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10967 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10972 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10973 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10974 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10976 Bindings:
10977 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10978 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10979 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10980 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10982 Hooks:
10983 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10985 Remark:
10986 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10987 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10988 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10990 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10991 consider adding:
10992 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10993 in your init file.
10995 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10996 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11000 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11001 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11003 \(fn)" nil nil)
11005 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11006 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11008 \(fn)" nil nil)
11010 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11011 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11015 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11016 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11020 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11021 Flyspell whole buffer.
11023 \(fn)" t nil)
11025 ;;;***
11027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11029 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11031 ;;;***
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11034 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11036 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11037 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11041 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11042 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11046 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11047 Toggle Follow mode.
11048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11052 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11053 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11055 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11056 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11057 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11059 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11060 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11061 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11062 movement commands.
11064 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11065 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11066 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11067 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11068 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11069 mileage may vary).
11071 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11072 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11074 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11076 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11078 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11079 \\{follow-mode-map}
11081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11083 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11084 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11086 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11087 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11088 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11089 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11090 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11091 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11093 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11094 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11095 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11099 ;;;***
11101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11102 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11104 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11106 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11107 Toggle Footnote mode.
11108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11109 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11112 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11113 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11114 play around with the following keys:
11115 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11119 ;;;***
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11124 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11125 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11127 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11128 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11129 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11130 C-c < forms-first-record <
11131 C-c > forms-last-record >
11132 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11133 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11134 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11135 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11136 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11137 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11138 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11139 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11140 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11141 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11143 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11145 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11146 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11148 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11150 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11151 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11153 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11155 ;;;***
11157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11158 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11161 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11162 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11163 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11165 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11166 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11168 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11170 Key definitions:
11171 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11173 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11175 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11176 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11177 `fortran-do-indent'
11178 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11179 `fortran-if-indent'
11180 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11181 `fortran-structure-indent'
11182 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11183 (default 3)
11184 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11185 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11186 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11187 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11188 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11189 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11190 nil don't change the indentation
11191 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11192 value of either
11193 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11194 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11195 depending on the continuation format in use.
11196 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11197 indentation for a line of code.
11198 (default 'fixed)
11199 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11200 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11201 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11202 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11203 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11204 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11205 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11206 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11207 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11208 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11209 column 5.
11210 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11211 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11212 statements (default nil).
11213 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11214 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11215 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11216 `fortran-continuation-string'
11217 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11218 line (default \"$\").
11219 `fortran-comment-region'
11220 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11221 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11222 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11223 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11224 as typed (default t).
11225 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11226 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11228 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11229 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11231 \(fn)" t nil)
11233 ;;;***
11235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 0
11236 ;;;;;; 0))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11239 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11240 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11242 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11243 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11245 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11247 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11248 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11250 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11251 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11253 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11255 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11256 Compile fortune file.
11258 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11259 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11261 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11263 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11264 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11266 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11267 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11268 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11269 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11271 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11273 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11274 Display a fortune cookie.
11275 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11276 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11277 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11278 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11280 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11282 ;;;***
11284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 0 0))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11287 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11288 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11289 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11291 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11292 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11293 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11295 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11296 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11298 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11299 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11301 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11302 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11303 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11304 intend to modify existing values, do
11306 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11308 before changing anything.
11310 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11311 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11313 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11314 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11315 to restore the frame.
11317 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11318 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11319 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11321 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11322 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11323 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11324 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11325 FILTER A filter function.
11327 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11328 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11330 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11332 where
11334 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11335 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11336 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11337 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11338 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11339 before restoring it.
11340 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11342 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11343 It must return:
11344 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11345 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11346 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11348 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11349 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11351 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11352 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11353 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11354 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11355 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11356 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11357 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11359 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11361 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11362 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11364 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11366 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11367 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11368 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11369 If nil, check all live frames.
11371 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11373 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11374 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11375 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11376 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11377 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11378 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11379 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11380 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11381 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11382 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11383 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11385 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11387 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11388 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11390 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11391 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11392 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11393 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11394 and window-state is not restored.
11396 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11397 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11399 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11400 t All existing frames can be reused.
11401 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11402 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11403 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11404 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11406 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11407 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11408 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11409 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11410 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11411 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11412 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11413 be created from that parameter alist.
11415 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11416 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11417 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11418 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11419 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11420 - the live frame just restored,
11421 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11422 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11423 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11425 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11426 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11427 nil Keep all frames.
11428 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11429 - FRAME, a live frame.
11430 - ACTION, which can be one of
11431 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11432 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11433 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11434 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11435 Return value is ignored.
11437 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11438 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11439 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11440 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11441 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11443 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11445 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11447 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11448 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11449 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11451 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11453 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11454 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11455 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11456 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11458 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11460 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11462 ;;;***
11464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11465 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11467 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11469 ;;;***
11471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11472 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11475 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11476 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11477 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11479 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11481 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11482 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11483 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11484 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11485 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11486 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11487 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11491 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11492 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11493 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11494 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11496 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11497 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11498 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11499 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11500 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11502 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11503 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11504 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11505 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11507 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11508 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11509 shown in some of the buffers.
11511 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11513 The following commands help control operation :
11515 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11516 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11518 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11519 detailed description of this mode.
11522 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11523 | GDB Toolbar |
11524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11525 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11526 | | |
11527 | | |
11528 | | |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11531 | | (comint-mode) |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 | | |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11540 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11541 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11542 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11545 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11547 ;;;***
11549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11550 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11553 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11554 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11555 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11556 instead (which see).")
11558 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11559 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11561 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11562 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11563 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11564 documentation string instead.
11566 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11567 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11568 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11569 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11570 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11571 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11572 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11573 enders are actually possible.
11575 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11576 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11578 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11579 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11580 `font-lock-keywords'.
11582 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11583 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11584 runs the macro expansion.
11586 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11587 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11588 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11590 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11592 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11594 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11596 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11598 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11599 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11601 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11603 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Enter generic mode MODE.
11606 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11607 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11608 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11610 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11611 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11613 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11615 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11616 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11617 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11618 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11619 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11620 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11621 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11622 `font-lock-keywords'.
11624 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11626 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11628 ;;;***
11630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11631 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11634 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11635 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11637 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11638 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11639 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11643 ;;;***
11645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11646 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11649 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11650 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11651 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11653 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11655 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11656 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11658 Guideline for numbers:
11659 1 - error messages
11660 3 - non-serious error messages
11661 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11662 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11663 9 - messages inside loops.
11665 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11667 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11668 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11669 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11671 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11673 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11674 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11676 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11678 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11681 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11682 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11683 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11684 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11685 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11686 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11688 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11689 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11690 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11691 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11692 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11694 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11696 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11702 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11703 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11704 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11706 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11707 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11711 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news.
11713 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11714 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11715 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11716 name of an NNTP server to use.
11717 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11718 server.
11720 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11722 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11723 Read news as a slave.
11725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11727 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11728 Pop up a frame to read news.
11729 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11730 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11731 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11732 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11733 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11734 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11735 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11736 current display is used.
11738 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11740 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11741 Read network news.
11742 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11743 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11744 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11746 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11751 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11754 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Start Gnus unplugged.
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11759 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Start Gnus plugged.
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11769 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11772 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11773 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11774 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11776 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11777 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11778 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11780 \(fn)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11783 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11785 \(fn)" nil nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11789 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11790 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11791 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11792 supported.
11794 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11801 supported.
11803 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11808 \(fn)" nil nil)
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11812 downloaded into the agent.
11814 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11816 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11818 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11819 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11821 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11826 \(fn)" t nil)
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11831 \(fn)" t nil)
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11835 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11837 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11839 ;;;***
11841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11845 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11846 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11848 \(fn)" nil nil)
11850 ;;;***
11852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11853 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
11854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11856 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11857 Set a bookmark for this article.
11859 \(fn)" t nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11862 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11864 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11868 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11869 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11870 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11874 ;;;***
11876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11877 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11880 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11881 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11883 Usage:
11884 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11888 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11889 Generate the cache active file.
11891 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11893 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11894 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11896 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11900 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11901 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11902 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11903 supported.
11905 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11909 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11910 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11911 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11912 supported.
11914 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11916 ;;;***
11918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11919 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11922 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11923 Delay this article by some time.
11924 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11926 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11927 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11929 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11930 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11932 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11933 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11935 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11937 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11938 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11940 \(fn)" t nil)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11943 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11944 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11945 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11947 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11948 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11950 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11952 ;;;***
11954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11955 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11958 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11961 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11963 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11966 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11968 ;;;***
11970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
11971 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11974 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11975 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11979 ;;;***
11981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
11982 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11985 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11986 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11990 ;;;***
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 50356
11993 ;;;;;; 891885 0))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11996 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11997 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12001 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12006 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12009 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12010 different input formats.
12012 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12014 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12015 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12017 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12018 different input formats.
12020 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12022 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12024 The PNG is returned as a string.
12026 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12028 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Convert FILE to a Face.
12030 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12031 726 bytes.
12033 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12035 ;;;***
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12038 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12041 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12042 Display gravatar in the From header.
12043 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12045 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12047 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12048 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12049 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12051 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12053 ;;;***
12055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12056 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12059 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12060 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12061 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12062 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12064 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12066 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12067 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12069 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12071 ;;;***
12073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12074 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12077 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12080 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12082 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12085 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12087 ;;;***
12089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12090 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12093 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12095 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12096 Run batched scoring.
12097 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12101 ;;;***
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 0
12104 ;;;;;; 0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12107 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12110 \(fn)" nil nil)
12112 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12113 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12114 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12116 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12118 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12119 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12121 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12125 ;;;***
12127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12128 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12131 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12132 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12133 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12134 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12135 group parameters.
12137 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12138 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12139 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12140 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12142 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12143 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12144 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12145 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12146 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12147 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12148 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12149 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12150 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12151 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12153 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12156 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12157 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12158 nil CATCH-ALL).
12160 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12161 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12163 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12165 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12166 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12167 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12169 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12171 \(fn)" nil nil)
12173 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12174 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12175 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12177 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12179 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12180 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12181 existing groups are considered.
12183 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12184 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12185 returned.
12187 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12188 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12189 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12190 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12191 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12192 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12193 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12194 clauses will be generated.
12196 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12197 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12198 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12199 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12200 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12201 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12203 For example, given the following group parameters:
12205 nnml:mail.bar:
12206 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12207 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12208 nnml:mail.foo:
12209 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12210 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12211 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12212 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12213 nnml:mail.others:
12214 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12216 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12218 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12219 \"mail.bar\")
12220 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12221 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12222 \"mail.others\")
12224 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12226 ;;;***
12228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12229 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12232 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12233 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12234 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12235 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12236 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12237 instead.
12239 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12241 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12242 Mail to ADDRESS.
12244 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12246 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12247 Like `message-reply'.
12249 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12251 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12253 ;;;***
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12256 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12259 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12260 Send a notification on new message.
12261 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12262 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12263 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12265 This is typically a function to add in
12266 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12268 \(fn)" nil nil)
12270 ;;;***
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12273 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12276 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12277 Display picons in the From header.
12278 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12282 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12283 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12284 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12286 \(fn)" t nil)
12288 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12289 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12290 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12294 ;;;***
12296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12297 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12300 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12302 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12307 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12309 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12310 LIST1 is modified.
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12331 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12333 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12335 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12337 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12358 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12360 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12362 ;;;***
12364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12365 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12368 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12369 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12371 \(fn)" t nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Install the registry hooks.
12376 \(fn)" t nil)
12378 ;;;***
12380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12381 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12385 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12386 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12387 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12388 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12389 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12391 \(fn)" t nil)
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12394 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12395 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12396 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12397 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12401 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12406 ;;;***
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12409 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12412 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12413 Update the format specification near point.
12415 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12417 ;;;***
12419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12420 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12423 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12424 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12426 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12428 ;;;***
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12431 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12434 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12435 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12436 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12438 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12440 ;;;***
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12443 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12446 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12447 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12449 \(fn)" t nil)
12451 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12452 Install the sync hooks.
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12456 ;;;***
12458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12459 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12462 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12463 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12465 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12467 ;;;***
12469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12472 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12473 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12474 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12475 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12476 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12477 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12479 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12481 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12483 ;;;***
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12488 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12489 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12491 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12492 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12493 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12495 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12496 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12497 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12499 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12500 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12502 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12503 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12505 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12507 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12509 ;;;***
12511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12512 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12513 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12515 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12517 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12518 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12519 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12520 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12521 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12523 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12525 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12526 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12527 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12528 or to send e-mail.
12529 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12530 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12532 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12533 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12535 \(fn)" t nil)
12536 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12538 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12539 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12540 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12541 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12542 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12546 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12547 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12551 ;;;***
12553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12554 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12557 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12558 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12559 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12561 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12563 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12564 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12566 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12568 ;;;***
12570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12573 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12574 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12576 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12578 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12579 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12580 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12581 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12582 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12584 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12585 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12586 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12588 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12590 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12591 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12592 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12593 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12594 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12598 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12599 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12601 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12603 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12604 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12606 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12607 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12608 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12610 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12611 The default find program.
12612 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12613 and others.")
12615 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12616 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12617 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12618 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12620 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12621 How to invoke find and grep.
12622 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12623 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12624 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12625 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12627 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12629 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12630 History list for grep.")
12632 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12633 History list for grep-find.")
12635 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12636 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12637 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12639 \(fn)" nil nil)
12641 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12644 \(fn)" nil nil)
12646 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12647 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12649 \(fn)" nil nil)
12651 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12652 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12653 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12654 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12655 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12657 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12658 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12660 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12661 can easily repeat a grep command.
12663 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12664 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12665 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12666 list is empty).
12668 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12670 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12671 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12672 Collect output in a buffer.
12673 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12674 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12676 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12677 easily repeat a find command.
12679 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12681 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12683 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12684 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12685 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12686 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12687 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12689 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12690 before it is executed.
12691 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12693 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12694 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12695 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12697 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12701 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12702 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12703 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12704 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12705 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12707 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12708 before it is executed.
12709 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12711 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12712 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12713 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12714 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12716 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12718 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12719 to specify a command to run.
12721 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12723 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12724 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12725 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12726 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12728 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12730 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12732 ;;;***
12734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12737 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12738 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12739 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12740 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12741 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12743 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12745 ;;;***
12747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12750 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12751 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12753 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12758 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12762 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12764 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12765 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12767 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12771 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12772 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12777 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12782 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12784 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12788 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12789 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12796 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12797 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12798 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12799 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12801 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12802 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12803 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12804 original source file access method.
12806 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12807 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12809 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12811 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12812 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12814 \(fn)" t nil)
12816 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12817 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12818 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12821 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12823 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12825 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12826 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12829 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12833 ;;;***
12835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21387 3002 678518
12836 ;;;;;; 0))
12837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12839 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12840 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12841 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12842 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12843 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12844 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12845 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12846 set it to.
12847 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12849 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12851 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12852 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12853 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12854 of PLACE.
12855 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12856 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12857 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12858 and SETTER.
12859 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12860 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12862 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12864 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12866 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12867 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12868 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12869 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12870 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12872 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12874 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12876 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12879 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12881 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12883 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12885 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12886 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12887 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12888 well for simple place forms.
12889 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12890 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12891 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12892 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12893 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12894 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12895 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12897 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12899 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12901 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12902 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12903 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12904 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12905 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12907 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12908 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12909 (let ((temp VAL))
12910 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12911 temp)
12912 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12914 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12916 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12917 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12918 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12919 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12920 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12921 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12923 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12925 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12927 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12928 Return a reference to PLACE.
12929 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12930 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12931 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12932 binding mode.
12934 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12936 ;;;***
12938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12939 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12942 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12943 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12944 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12945 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12947 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12948 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12949 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12950 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12952 \(fn)" t nil)
12954 ;;;***
12956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12959 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12960 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12962 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12964 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12965 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12966 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12967 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12969 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12971 \(fn)" t nil)
12973 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12974 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12975 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12976 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12977 to be updated.
12979 \(fn)" t nil)
12981 ;;;***
12983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
12984 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12987 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12988 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12990 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12992 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12993 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12994 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12998 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12999 Verify a hashcash payment
13001 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13003 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13004 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13005 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13006 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13007 `mail-add-payment-async').
13009 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13012 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13013 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13014 Calculation is asynchronous.
13016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13018 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13019 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13020 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13024 ;;;***
13026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 0
13027 ;;;;;; 0))
13028 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13030 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13031 Return the help-echo string at point.
13032 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13033 property, or nil, is returned.
13034 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13035 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13036 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13038 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13040 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13042 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13043 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13044 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13046 \(fn)" nil nil)
13048 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13049 Display local help in the echo area.
13050 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13051 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13052 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13053 printed instead.
13055 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13056 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13057 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13063 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13065 \(fn)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13068 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13069 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13071 \(fn)" t nil)
13073 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13074 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13075 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13076 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13077 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13078 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13079 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13080 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13081 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13082 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13083 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13085 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13086 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13087 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13088 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13089 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13091 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13092 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13093 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13094 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13095 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13096 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13097 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13098 The default is `never'.")
13100 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13102 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13103 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13104 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13105 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13106 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13107 considered different regions.
13109 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13110 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13111 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13112 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13113 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13114 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13115 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13116 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13117 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13119 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13121 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13122 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13123 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13124 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13125 different regions.
13127 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13128 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13129 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13130 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13131 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13132 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13133 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13134 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13136 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13137 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13138 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13139 rarely happens in practice.
13141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13143 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13144 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13145 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13146 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13147 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13148 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13152 ;;;***
13154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21352 829 634401
13155 ;;;;;; 152000))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13158 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13159 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13161 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13163 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13164 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13165 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13167 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13169 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13170 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13171 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13172 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13173 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13174 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13175 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13176 search for a function definition.
13178 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13179 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13180 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13181 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13182 suitable file is found, return nil.
13184 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13186 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13189 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13192 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13193 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13194 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13196 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13198 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13199 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13200 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13201 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13202 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13203 it is displayed along with the global value.
13205 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13207 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13208 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13209 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13210 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13212 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13214 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13215 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13216 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13217 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13218 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13222 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13223 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13227 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13228 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13230 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13232 ;;;***
13234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 0
13235 ;;;;;; 0))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13238 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13239 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13240 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13241 window listing and describing the options.
13242 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13243 gives the window that lists the options.")
13245 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13247 ;;;***
13249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13250 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13252 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13253 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13254 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13255 Commands:
13256 \\{help-mode-map}
13258 \(fn)" t nil)
13260 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13263 \(fn)" nil nil)
13265 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13268 \(fn)" nil nil)
13270 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13271 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13273 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13274 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13275 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13276 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13278 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13279 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13280 restore it properly when going back.
13282 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13284 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13285 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13286 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13287 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13288 from `help-mode'.
13289 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13290 it does not already exist.
13292 \(fn)" nil nil)
13294 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13295 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13297 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13298 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13299 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13300 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13301 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13302 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13303 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13304 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13306 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13307 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13308 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13309 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13311 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13312 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13313 that.
13315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13317 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13318 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13319 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13320 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13321 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13322 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13324 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13326 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13327 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13328 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13329 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13330 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13332 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13334 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13335 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13337 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13339 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13340 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13341 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13342 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13344 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13346 ;;;***
13348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13349 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13352 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13353 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13355 \(fn)" t nil)
13357 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13358 Provide help for current mode.
13360 \(fn)" t nil)
13362 ;;;***
13364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13367 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13368 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13369 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13370 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13371 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13373 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13374 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13376 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13377 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13378 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13379 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13381 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13382 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13383 periods.
13385 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13386 in hexl format.
13388 A sample format:
13390 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13391 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13392 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13393 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13394 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13395 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13396 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13397 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13398 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13399 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13400 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13401 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13402 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13403 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13404 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13406 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13407 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13408 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13410 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13411 also supported.
13413 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13415 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13416 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13417 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13419 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13420 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13421 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13423 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13424 into the buffer at the current point.
13426 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13427 into the buffer at the current point.
13429 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13430 into the buffer at the current point.
13432 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13434 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13435 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13437 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13439 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13443 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13444 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13445 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13446 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13448 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13450 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13451 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13452 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13454 \(fn)" t nil)
13456 ;;;***
13458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13459 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13461 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13462 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13467 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13468 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13469 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13470 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13472 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13473 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13474 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13475 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13477 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13478 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13479 which can be called interactively, are:
13481 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13482 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13484 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13485 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13486 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13487 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13489 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13490 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13492 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13493 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13494 available face automatically.
13496 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13497 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13499 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13500 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13501 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13502 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13503 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13504 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13505 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13506 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13507 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13508 function returns t.
13510 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13511 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13513 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13514 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13515 form:
13516 Hi-lock: FOO
13518 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13519 position (number of characters into buffer)
13520 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13521 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13522 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13526 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13527 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13528 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13531 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13533 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13535 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13536 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13537 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13538 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13539 ARG is omitted or nil.
13541 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13542 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13543 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13547 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13549 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13550 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13551 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13552 Use the global history list for FACE.
13554 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13555 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13556 highlighting will not update as you type.
13558 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13560 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13562 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13563 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13564 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13565 Use the global history list for FACE.
13567 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13568 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13569 highlighting will not update as you type.
13571 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13573 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13575 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13576 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13577 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13578 Use the global history list for FACE.
13580 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13581 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13582 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13584 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13585 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13586 highlighting will not update as you type.
13588 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13590 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13592 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13593 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13594 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13595 unless you use a prefix argument.
13596 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13598 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13599 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13601 \(fn)" t nil)
13603 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13605 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13606 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13607 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13608 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13609 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13610 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13612 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13614 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13615 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13617 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13618 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13619 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13621 \(fn)" t nil)
13623 ;;;***
13625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 53104
13626 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13629 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13630 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13632 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13633 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13635 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13636 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13637 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13638 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13640 `hide-ifdef-env'
13641 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13642 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13643 is used.
13645 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13646 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13647 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13648 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13649 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13651 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13652 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13653 #endif lines when hiding.
13655 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13656 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13657 is activated.
13659 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13660 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13661 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13663 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13667 ;;;***
13669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13670 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13673 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13674 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13675 Each element has the form
13676 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13678 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13679 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13681 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13682 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13684 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13685 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13686 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13687 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13688 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13689 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13691 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13692 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13694 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13695 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13697 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13698 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13699 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13701 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13702 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13703 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13704 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13705 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13707 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13708 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13709 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13711 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13712 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13713 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13715 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13716 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13718 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13720 Key bindings:
13721 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13725 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13726 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13728 \(fn)" nil nil)
13730 ;;;***
13732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13733 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13735 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13736 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13738 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13739 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13741 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13742 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13743 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13744 this on and off.
13746 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13747 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13748 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13749 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13750 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13751 through various faces.
13752 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13753 buffer with the contents of a file
13754 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13758 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13759 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13761 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13762 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13764 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13765 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13766 in a distinctive face.
13768 The default value can be customized with variable
13769 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13771 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13776 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13777 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13782 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13784 \(fn)" t nil)
13786 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13789 \(fn)" t nil)
13791 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13792 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13794 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13795 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13796 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13797 shown in the last face in the list.
13799 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13800 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13801 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13803 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13805 \(fn)" t nil)
13807 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13808 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13810 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13812 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13813 to save the file.
13815 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13816 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13818 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13819 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13820 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13822 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13824 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13825 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13827 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13828 this function is called interactively.
13830 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13831 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13832 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13834 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13835 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13836 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13838 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13840 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13841 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13842 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13845 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13847 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13849 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13850 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13851 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13852 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13853 ARG is omitted or nil.
13855 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13856 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13857 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13861 ;;;***
13863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21375 36695 783701
13864 ;;;;;; 621000))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13866 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13868 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13869 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13870 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13871 or insert functions in this list.")
13873 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13875 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13876 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13877 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13878 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13879 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13880 expansions.
13881 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13882 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13883 undoes the expansion.
13885 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13887 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13888 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13889 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13890 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13892 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13894 ;;;***
13896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13899 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13900 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13905 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13906 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13907 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13908 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13909 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13910 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13912 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13913 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13914 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13915 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13919 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13920 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13921 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13924 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13926 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13928 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13929 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13931 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13932 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13934 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13935 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13936 windows.
13938 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13939 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13943 ;;;***
13945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13946 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13949 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13951 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13952 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13953 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13955 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13957 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13961 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13962 Oriental holidays.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13967 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13971 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13972 Local holidays.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13977 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13981 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13982 User defined holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13987 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13989 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13990 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13992 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13994 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13995 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13997 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14000 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14002 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14005 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14007 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14009 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14011 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14012 Jewish holidays.
14013 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14015 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14017 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14019 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14021 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14022 Christian holidays.
14023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14025 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14027 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14031 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14032 Islamic holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14037 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14041 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14042 Bahá'í holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14047 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14051 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14052 Sun-related holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14057 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14059 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14061 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14062 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14063 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14064 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14068 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14069 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14070 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14071 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14072 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14074 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14075 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14077 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14078 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14080 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14081 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14082 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14083 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14084 of a holiday list.
14086 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14088 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14090 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14092 ;;;***
14094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21381 50616
14095 ;;;;;; 629676 0))
14096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14098 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14099 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14103 ;;;***
14105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14106 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14108 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14110 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14111 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14112 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14113 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14114 as possible.
14116 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14117 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14118 fontified display.
14120 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14121 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14123 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14124 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14125 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14127 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14129 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14130 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14131 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14133 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14135 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14137 ;;;***
14139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14140 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14142 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14143 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14145 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14146 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14147 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14149 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14150 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14151 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14152 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14153 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14154 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14156 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14157 title of the column.
14159 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14160 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14161 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14162 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14163 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14165 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14167 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14168 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14169 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14170 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14171 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14173 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14174 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14175 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14177 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14179 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14180 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14181 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14182 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14183 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14184 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14186 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14187 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14188 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14189 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14190 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14191 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14192 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14193 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14194 values are:
14195 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14196 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14197 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14198 buffer's modification flag.
14199 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14200 prompted before performing this operation.
14201 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14202 operation is complete, in the form:
14203 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14204 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14205 confirmation message, in the form:
14206 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14207 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14208 macro for exactly what it does.
14210 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14212 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14213 Define a filter named NAME.
14214 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14215 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14216 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14218 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14219 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14220 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14221 bound to the current value of the filter.
14223 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14225 ;;;***
14227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14230 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14231 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14232 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14233 buffers which are visiting a file.
14235 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14237 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14238 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14239 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14240 buffers which are visiting a file.
14242 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14244 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14245 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14246 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14248 All arguments are optional.
14249 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14250 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14251 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14252 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14253 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14254 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14255 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14256 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14257 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14258 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14259 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14260 that value locally in this buffer.
14262 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14264 ;;;***
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14267 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14269 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14271 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14272 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14273 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14274 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14276 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14278 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14279 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14280 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14281 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14282 ICAL-FILENAME.
14283 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14284 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14285 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14287 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14289 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14290 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14291 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14292 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14293 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14294 non-marking or not.
14296 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14298 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14299 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14301 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14302 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14303 DIARY-FILE.
14305 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14306 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14307 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14309 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14310 non-marking.
14312 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14313 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14314 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14316 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14318 ;;;***
14320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14321 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14323 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14324 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14325 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14326 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14327 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14328 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14330 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14332 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14333 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14335 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14336 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14338 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14339 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14340 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14341 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14343 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14344 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14346 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14347 completions:
14349 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14353 ;;;***
14355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14358 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14359 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14360 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14361 Tab indents for Icon code.
14362 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14363 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14364 \\{icon-mode-map}
14365 Variables controlling indentation style:
14366 icon-tab-always-indent
14367 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14368 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14369 icon-auto-newline
14370 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14371 inserted in Icon code.
14372 icon-indent-level
14373 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14374 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14375 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14376 icon-continued-statement-offset
14377 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14378 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14379 icon-continued-brace-offset
14380 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14381 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14382 icon-brace-offset
14383 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14384 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14385 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14386 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14388 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14389 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14391 \(fn)" t nil)
14393 ;;;***
14395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14396 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
14397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14399 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14400 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14401 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14402 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14404 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14405 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14406 separate frames.
14408 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14409 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14411 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14412 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14413 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14415 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14417 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14419 ;;;***
14421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21341 23900
14422 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14424 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14427 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14429 The main features of this mode are
14431 1. Indentation and Formatting
14432 --------------------------
14433 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14434 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14436 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14437 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14438 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14439 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14441 Comments are indented as follows:
14443 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14444 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14445 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14447 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14449 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14450 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14451 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14452 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14453 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14454 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14456 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14457 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14458 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14459 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14461 2. Routine Info
14462 ------------
14463 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14464 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14465 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14466 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14467 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14468 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14469 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14470 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14471 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14472 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14474 3. Online IDL Help
14475 ---------------
14477 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14478 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14479 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14480 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14482 4. Completion
14483 ----------
14484 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14485 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14486 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14487 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14488 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14489 upper case.
14491 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14492 --------------------------------
14493 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14494 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14496 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14497 \\fu FUNCTION template
14498 \\c CASE statement template
14499 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14500 \\f FOR loop template
14501 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14502 \\w WHILE loop template
14503 \\i IF statement template
14504 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14505 \\b BEGIN
14507 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14508 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14510 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14511 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14512 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14515 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14516 -------------------------
14517 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14518 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14520 7. Automatic END completion
14521 ------------------------
14522 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14523 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14525 8. Hooks
14526 -----
14527 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14528 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14530 9. Documentation and Customization
14531 -------------------------------
14532 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14533 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14534 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14535 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14536 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14538 10.Keybindings
14539 -----------
14540 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14541 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14542 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14544 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14548 ;;;***
14550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14551 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14553 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14554 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14555 The following values are possible:
14556 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14557 displaying...)
14558 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14559 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14560 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14563 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14565 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14567 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14568 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14569 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14570 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14571 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14572 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14573 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14574 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14575 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14579 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14580 Switch to another buffer.
14581 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14582 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14583 in another frame.
14585 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14586 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14587 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14588 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14589 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14591 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14592 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14594 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14596 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14597 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14598 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14599 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14600 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14601 in a separate window.
14602 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14603 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14604 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14605 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14606 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14607 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14608 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14609 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14610 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14614 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14615 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14616 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14617 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14621 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14622 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14623 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14624 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14628 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14629 Kill a buffer.
14630 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14631 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633 \(fn)" t nil)
14635 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14636 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14637 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14638 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640 \(fn)" t nil)
14642 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14643 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14644 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14645 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647 \(fn)" t nil)
14649 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14650 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14652 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14654 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14655 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14656 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14657 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14658 in another frame.
14660 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14661 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14662 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14663 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14664 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14665 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14667 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14668 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14670 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14672 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14673 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14674 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14675 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14676 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14677 in a separate window.
14678 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14679 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14680 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14681 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14682 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14683 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14684 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14685 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14686 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14687 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14688 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14689 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14690 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14691 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14692 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14694 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14700 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14706 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14713 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14714 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14720 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14721 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14728 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14734 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14735 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14742 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14748 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14749 Write current buffer to a file.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14755 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14756 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14762 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14763 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14764 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14770 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14771 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14772 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14773 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14774 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14776 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14778 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14779 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14780 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14781 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14783 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14785 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14786 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14787 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14788 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14790 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14792 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14793 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14794 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14795 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14796 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14797 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14798 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14799 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14800 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14801 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14802 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14803 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14804 with point positioned at the end.
14805 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14806 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14808 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14810 ;;;***
14812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14815 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14816 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14817 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14818 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14822 ;;;***
14824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14827 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14829 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14830 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14834 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14838 ;;;***
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14843 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14844 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14845 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14846 be determined.
14848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14850 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14851 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14852 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14853 be determined.
14855 \(fn)" nil nil)
14857 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14858 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14860 be determined.
14862 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14864 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14865 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14867 be determined.
14869 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14871 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14872 Determine and return image type.
14873 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14874 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14875 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14876 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14877 use its file extension as image type.
14878 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14880 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14882 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14883 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14884 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14886 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14888 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14889 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14890 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14892 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14893 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14894 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14895 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14896 must be available.
14898 \(fn)" nil nil)
14900 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14901 Create an image.
14902 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14903 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14904 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14905 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14906 use its file extension as image type.
14907 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14908 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14909 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14910 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14912 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14914 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14915 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14916 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14918 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14920 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14921 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14922 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14923 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14924 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14925 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14926 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14927 POS may be an integer or marker.
14928 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14929 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14930 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14931 means display it in the right marginal area.
14933 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14935 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14936 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14938 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14939 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14940 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14943 means display it in the right marginal area.
14944 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14945 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14946 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14947 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14948 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14950 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14952 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14953 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14954 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14955 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14956 STRING is a single space.
14957 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14958 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14959 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14960 means display it in the right marginal area.
14961 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14963 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14965 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14966 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14967 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14968 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14970 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14972 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14973 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14975 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14977 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14978 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14979 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14980 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14981 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14982 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14983 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14984 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14985 satisfied.
14987 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14989 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14991 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14993 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14994 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14996 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14997 documentation string.
14999 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15000 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15001 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15002 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15003 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15004 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15005 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15006 define SYMBOL.
15008 Example:
15010 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15011 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15013 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15015 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15017 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15018 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15019 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15020 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15022 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15023 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15024 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15025 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15027 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15029 \(fn)" nil nil)
15031 ;;;***
15033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15034 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15036 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15038 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15039 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15040 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15041 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15042 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15043 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15047 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15048 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15050 Convenience command that:
15052 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15053 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15054 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15056 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15057 image files in dired and type
15058 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15060 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15062 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15063 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15065 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15067 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15068 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15069 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15070 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15071 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15072 another one).
15074 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15075 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15076 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15078 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15079 instead of erasing it first.
15081 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15082 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15083 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15084 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15085 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15086 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15088 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15091 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15092 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15093 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15094 displayed.
15096 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15098 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15100 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15102 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15103 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15107 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15108 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15109 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15113 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15114 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15116 \(fn)" t nil)
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15119 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15120 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15121 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15126 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15128 \(fn)" t nil)
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15131 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15133 \(fn)" t nil)
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15136 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15141 Display current image file.
15142 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15143 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15148 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15150 \(fn)" t nil)
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15153 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15154 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15155 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15156 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15157 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15158 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15160 \(fn)" t nil)
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15163 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15164 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15165 easy-to-use form.
15167 \(fn)" t nil)
15169 ;;;***
15171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 0
15172 ;;;;;; 0))
15173 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15175 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15176 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15177 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15178 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15180 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15181 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15182 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15183 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15185 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15187 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15188 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15189 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15190 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15192 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15193 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15194 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15195 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15197 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15200 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15202 \(fn)" nil nil)
15204 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15205 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15206 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15207 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15209 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15211 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15212 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15213 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15216 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15218 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15220 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15221 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15226 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15227 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15228 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15232 ;;;***
15234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
15235 ;;;;;; 0))
15236 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15238 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15239 Major mode for image files.
15240 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15241 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15243 Key bindings:
15244 \\{image-mode-map}
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15248 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15249 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15254 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15255 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15256 actual image.
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15260 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15261 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15262 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15263 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15264 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15265 to display an image file as the actual image.
15267 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15268 to display an image file as text initially.
15270 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15271 on these modes.
15273 \(fn)" t nil)
15275 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15278 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15280 ;;;***
15282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15283 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15285 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15286 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15288 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15290 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15291 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15292 in the buffer.
15294 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15296 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15297 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15298 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15300 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15302 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15303 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15304 Each element of this list should have the form
15306 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15308 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15309 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15310 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15311 matches are put).
15312 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15313 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15314 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15315 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15316 another element.
15317 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15318 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15319 the menu item.
15320 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15321 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15322 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15323 the ARGUMENTS.
15325 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15326 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15327 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15329 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15330 create a buffer index.
15332 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15333 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15334 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15335 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15336 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15338 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15340 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15341 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15343 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15344 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15345 called within a `save-excursion'.
15347 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15349 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15351 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15352 Function for finding the next index position.
15354 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15355 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15356 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15357 file.
15359 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15360 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15362 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15364 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15365 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15367 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15368 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15369 It should return the name for that index item.")
15371 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15373 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15374 Function to compare string with index item.
15376 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15377 non-nil if they match.
15379 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15380 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15381 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15382 arguments match\".")
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15386 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15387 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15388 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15390 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15391 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15397 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15398 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15399 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15400 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15402 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15404 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15405 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15407 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15409 \(fn)" t nil)
15411 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15412 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15413 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15414 for more information.
15416 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15418 ;;;***
15420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15421 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15424 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15425 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15427 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15429 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15432 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15434 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15437 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15439 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15442 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15444 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15445 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15449 ;;;***
15451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15452 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15455 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15456 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15457 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15458 to that buffer.
15459 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15460 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15461 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15464 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15466 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15468 ;;;***
15470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15473 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15474 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15475 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15476 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15477 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15478 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15479 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15480 first in this list.
15482 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15483 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15484 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15485 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15486 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15488 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15489 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15490 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15492 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15493 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15495 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15496 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15498 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15499 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15500 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15501 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15502 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15503 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15504 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15505 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15506 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15507 with the top-level Info directory.
15509 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15510 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15512 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15513 \"*info*<%s>\".
15515 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15516 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15517 in all the directories in that path.
15519 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15521 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15523 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15524 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15528 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15529 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15531 \(fn)" t nil)
15533 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15534 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15535 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15536 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15538 \(fn)" nil nil)
15540 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15541 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15542 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15543 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15545 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15547 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15548 Go to the Info directory node.
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15552 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15553 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15554 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15555 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15556 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15557 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15559 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15561 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15562 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15563 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15565 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15567 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15568 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15569 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15570 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15571 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15573 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15575 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15576 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15577 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15578 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15579 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15581 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15582 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15584 Selecting other nodes:
15585 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15586 Follow a node reference you click on.
15587 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15588 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15589 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15590 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15591 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15592 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15593 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15594 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15595 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15596 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15597 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15598 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15599 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15600 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15601 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15602 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15603 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15604 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15605 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15606 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15608 Moving within a node:
15609 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15610 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15611 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15612 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15613 move up to the parent node.
15614 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15615 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15616 if there is none.
15617 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15619 Advanced commands:
15620 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15621 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15622 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15623 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15624 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15625 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15626 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15627 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15628 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15629 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15630 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15631 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15632 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15633 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15634 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15635 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15637 \(fn)" t nil)
15638 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15640 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15645 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15647 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15648 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15650 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15651 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15652 KEY is a string.
15653 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15654 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15655 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15656 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15658 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15660 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15661 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15662 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15664 \(fn)" t nil)
15666 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15667 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15668 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15670 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15672 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15673 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15674 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15675 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15677 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15679 ;;;***
15681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15684 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15685 Throw away all cached data.
15686 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15687 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15688 system.
15690 \(fn)" t nil)
15691 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15693 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15694 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15695 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15696 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15697 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15698 one found at point.
15700 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15702 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15703 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15705 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15706 Display the documentation of a file.
15707 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15708 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15709 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15710 The default file name is the one found at point.
15712 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15714 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15716 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15717 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15719 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15721 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15722 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15724 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15726 ;;;***
15728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15729 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15730 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15732 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15733 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15734 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15735 current info file is the default.
15737 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15738 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15739 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15740 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15741 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15743 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15744 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15745 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15746 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15747 mistake in the reference.
15749 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15750 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15751 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15753 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15754 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15755 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15756 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15760 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15761 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15762 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15763 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15764 checked.
15766 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15767 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15768 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15769 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15770 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15771 should be harmless.
15773 \(fn)" t nil)
15775 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15776 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15777 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15778 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15780 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15781 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15782 and can take a long time.
15784 \(fn)" t nil)
15786 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15787 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15788 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15790 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15792 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15793 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15795 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15796 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15797 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15798 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15799 all builtins).
15801 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15802 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15803 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15804 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15805 the sources handy.
15807 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15809 ;;;***
15811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15812 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15814 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15815 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15817 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15819 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15820 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15822 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15824 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15825 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15826 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15827 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15829 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15830 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15831 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15833 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15834 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15835 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15836 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15838 \(fn)" t nil)
15840 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15841 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15842 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15846 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15847 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15848 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15849 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15850 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15852 \(fn)" nil nil)
15854 ;;;***
15856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15857 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15859 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15861 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15862 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15863 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15865 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15867 ;;;***
15869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15870 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15873 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15874 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15876 \(fn)" t nil)
15878 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15879 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15881 \(fn)" t nil)
15883 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15886 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15888 ;;;***
15890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15892 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15894 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15895 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15896 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15897 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15898 accessed via isearchb.
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15902 ;;;***
15904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15905 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15908 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15910 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15911 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15912 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15914 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15916 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15917 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15918 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15919 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15922 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15925 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15927 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15933 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15934 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15935 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15940 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15943 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15948 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15950 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15951 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15957 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15958 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15959 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15960 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15965 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15966 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15967 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15969 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15972 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15973 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Warn that format is read-only.
15981 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15983 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Warn that format is write-only.
15986 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15988 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15989 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15993 ;;;***
15995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15996 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15998 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15999 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16001 ;;;***
16003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16004 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16007 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16009 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16010 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16011 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16012 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16013 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16015 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16017 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16019 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16020 Key map for ispell menu.")
16022 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16023 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16024 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16025 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16027 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16033 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16035 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16036 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16037 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16038 Valid forms include:
16039 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16040 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16041 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16042 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16044 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16045 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16046 First list is used raw.
16047 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16049 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16050 for skipping in latex mode.")
16052 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16053 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16054 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16055 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16056 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16057 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16058 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16060 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16061 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16062 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16063 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16065 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16066 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16067 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16068 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16069 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16071 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16072 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16074 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16075 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16077 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16078 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16080 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16081 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16083 Return values:
16084 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16085 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16086 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16087 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16088 quit spell session exited.
16090 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16092 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16093 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16094 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16096 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16098 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16099 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16101 Selections are:
16103 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16104 SPC: Accept word this time.
16105 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16106 `a': Accept word for this session.
16107 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16108 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16109 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16110 `?': Show these commands.
16111 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16112 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16113 the aborted check to be completed later.
16114 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16115 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16116 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16117 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16118 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16119 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16120 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16122 \(fn)" nil nil)
16124 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16125 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16126 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16127 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16129 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16131 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16132 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16133 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16134 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16136 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16138 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16140 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16141 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16142 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16143 amount for last line processed.
16145 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16147 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16148 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16150 \(fn)" t nil)
16152 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16153 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16155 \(fn)" t nil)
16157 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16158 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16159 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16161 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16163 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16164 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16166 \(fn)" t nil)
16168 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16169 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16170 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16171 sequence inside of a word.
16173 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16175 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16178 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16182 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16183 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16184 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16185 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16187 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16188 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16189 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16190 available on the net.
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16194 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16195 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16200 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16201 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16202 spelled.
16204 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16205 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16206 SPC.
16208 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16209 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16214 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16215 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16216 Don't check included messages.
16218 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16219 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16220 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16222 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16223 in your init file:
16224 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16225 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16226 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16227 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16229 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16230 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16231 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16233 \(fn)" t nil)
16235 ;;;***
16237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16238 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16241 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16244 \(fn)" nil nil)
16246 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16247 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16248 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16249 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16250 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16251 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16252 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16253 necessary to represent OBJ.
16255 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16257 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16258 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16259 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16260 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16262 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16264 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16265 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16266 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16267 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16268 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16270 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16272 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16273 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16274 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16275 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16277 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16279 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16281 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16282 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16286 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16289 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16291 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16292 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16293 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16294 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16295 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16297 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16299 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16300 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16301 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16302 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16303 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16305 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16307 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16308 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16309 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16311 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16313 ;;;***
16315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16318 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16319 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16320 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16321 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16323 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16326 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16328 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16329 Uninstall jka-compr.
16330 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16331 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16332 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16336 ;;;***
16338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 3002 678518 0))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16340 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16342 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16343 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16345 \(fn)" t nil)
16346 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16348 ;;;***
16350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16352 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16354 ;;;***
16356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16357 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16360 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16361 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16362 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16363 decimal key must be specified.")
16365 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16367 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16368 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16369 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16370 decimal key must be specified.")
16372 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16374 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16375 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16376 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16377 decimal key must be specified.")
16379 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16381 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16382 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16383 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16384 decimal key must be specified.")
16386 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16388 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16389 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16390 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16391 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16392 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16393 keys are bound.
16395 Setup Binding
16396 -------------------------------------------------------------
16397 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16398 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16399 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16400 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16401 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16402 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16403 in the global and local keymaps.
16405 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16406 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16408 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16410 ;;;***
16412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16413 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16416 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16417 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16418 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16420 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16421 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16422 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16423 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16424 shorter.
16426 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16427 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16428 the context of text formatting.
16430 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16432 ;;;***
16434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 0
16435 ;;;;;; 0))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16438 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16439 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16440 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16441 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16442 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16443 positions that contains the current selection.")
16445 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16446 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16447 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16448 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16449 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16450 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16451 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16453 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16455 ;;;***
16457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16458 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16459 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16460 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16461 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16462 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16463 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16464 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16465 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16467 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16468 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16469 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16471 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16473 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16474 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16475 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16476 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16477 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16479 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16481 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16482 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16483 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16485 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16486 defining the macro.
16488 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16489 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16490 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16492 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16493 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16498 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16499 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16500 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16501 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16502 under that name.
16504 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16505 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16506 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16510 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16511 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16512 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16513 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16515 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16516 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16517 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16518 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16520 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16521 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16523 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16525 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16526 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16527 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16529 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16530 macro.
16532 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16533 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16535 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16536 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16537 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16539 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16540 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16542 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16544 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16545 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16546 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16547 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16549 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16551 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16552 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16553 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16554 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16556 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16557 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16559 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16562 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16563 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16565 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16567 ;;;***
16569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16570 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16571 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16573 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16574 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16575 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16577 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16580 \(fn)" nil nil)
16582 ;;;***
16584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 53104
16585 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16588 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16590 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16591 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16593 \(fn)" t nil)
16595 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16596 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16597 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16598 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16600 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16601 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16602 none / 1 | yes | no
16603 2 | yes | yes
16604 3 | no | yes
16605 4 | no | no
16607 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16608 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16609 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16611 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16613 ;;;***
16615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16616 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16619 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16622 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16624 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16625 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16626 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16627 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16628 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16629 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16631 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16632 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16634 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16636 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16637 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16639 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16641 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16644 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16646 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16651 ;;;***
16653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16654 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16657 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16658 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16659 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16660 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16662 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16664 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16665 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16666 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16668 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16670 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16671 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16672 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16674 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16676 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16677 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16678 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16679 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16681 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16683 ;;;***
16685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16686 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
16687 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16689 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16690 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16691 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16692 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16693 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16694 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16695 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16696 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16698 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16699 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16702 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16704 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16706 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16707 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16708 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16709 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16710 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16711 `latin1-display-setup'.
16713 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16715 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16716 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16717 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16718 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16721 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16723 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16725 ;;;***
16727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16728 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16731 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16732 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16734 \(fn)" t nil)
16736 ;;;***
16738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16741 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16742 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16743 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16744 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16745 generations (this defaults to 1).
16747 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16749 ;;;***
16751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16752 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16753 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16755 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16756 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16758 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16759 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16761 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16765 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16766 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16767 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16770 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16772 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16774 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16775 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16776 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16777 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16778 ARG is omitted or nil.
16780 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16781 `linum-on' would do it.
16782 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16786 ;;;***
16788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16791 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16792 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16793 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16794 is nil, raise an error.
16796 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16797 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16798 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16799 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16800 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16801 defined by the library.
16803 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16804 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16805 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16806 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16807 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16808 proceeds.
16810 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16811 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16812 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16813 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16815 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16817 ;;;***
16819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16822 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16823 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16824 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16826 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16828 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16829 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16830 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16831 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16833 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16834 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16835 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16836 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16837 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16838 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16839 the version.)
16841 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16842 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16844 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16845 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16847 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16848 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16850 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16852 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16853 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16854 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16855 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16856 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16857 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16858 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16859 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16860 to constrain a big search.
16862 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16864 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16865 except that FILTER is not optional.
16867 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16869 ;;;***
16871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 53104 0
16872 ;;;;;; 0))
16873 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16875 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16876 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16877 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16878 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16879 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16880 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16881 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16882 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16883 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16884 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16886 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16887 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16888 associated values:
16889 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16890 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16891 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16892 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16893 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16895 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16896 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16897 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16899 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16901 ;;;***
16903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 0
16904 ;;;;;; 0))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16907 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16908 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16910 \(fn)" t nil)
16912 ;;;***
16914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16917 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16918 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16920 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16921 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16923 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16924 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16925 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16927 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16928 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16930 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16931 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16932 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16933 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16934 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16935 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16936 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16938 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16940 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16941 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16942 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16943 switch on this list.
16944 See `lpr-command'.")
16946 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16948 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16949 Name of program for printing a file.
16951 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16952 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16953 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16954 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16955 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16956 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16957 argument.")
16959 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16961 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16962 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16963 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16964 for customization of the printer command.
16966 \(fn)" t nil)
16968 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16969 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16971 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16972 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16973 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16974 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16976 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16977 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16979 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16980 for further customization of the printer command.
16982 \(fn)" t nil)
16984 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16985 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16986 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16987 for customization of the printer command.
16989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16991 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16992 Paginate and print the region contents.
16994 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16995 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16996 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16997 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16999 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17000 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17002 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17003 for further customization of the printer command.
17005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17007 ;;;***
17009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17012 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17013 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17014 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17016 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17018 ;;;***
17020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 0
17021 ;;;;;; 0))
17022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17024 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17025 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17026 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17027 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17031 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17033 ;;;***
17035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17036 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17039 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17040 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17042 \(fn)" t nil)
17044 ;;;***
17046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17047 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17049 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17050 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17051 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17052 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17053 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17055 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17057 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17058 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17059 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17060 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17061 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17063 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17064 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17065 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17066 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17067 bindings.
17069 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17070 use this command, and then save the file.
17072 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17074 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17075 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17076 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17077 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17078 each time the macro executes.
17079 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17080 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17081 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17082 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17083 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17084 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17085 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17087 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17089 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17090 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17091 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17092 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17094 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17095 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17096 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17097 execute.
17099 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17100 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17102 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17103 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17104 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17105 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17106 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17108 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17109 looked like this:
17111 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17112 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17113 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17115 You could enter the names in this format:
17121 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17123 \\C-x (
17124 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17125 \\C-x )
17127 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17128 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17130 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17131 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17133 ;;;***
17135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17136 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17139 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17140 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17141 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17142 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17143 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17144 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17146 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17147 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17148 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17149 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17150 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17152 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17153 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17154 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17155 consing a string.)
17157 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17159 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17160 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17162 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17164 ;;;***
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17167 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17170 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17171 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17173 \(fn)" nil nil)
17175 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17178 \(fn)" nil nil)
17180 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17181 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17183 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17185 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17186 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17187 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17188 message.
17190 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17192 \(fn)" nil nil)
17194 ;;;***
17196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17197 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17200 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17201 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17202 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17203 often correct parser.")
17205 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17207 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17208 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17209 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17210 a value which excludes your own email address.
17212 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17213 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17215 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17217 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17218 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17222 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17223 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17224 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17225 we return it unconverted.
17227 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17228 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17230 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17232 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17233 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17234 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17235 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17237 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17239 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17240 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17241 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17242 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17244 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17246 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17247 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17248 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17249 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17250 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17251 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17252 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17253 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17254 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17255 as Rmail does.
17257 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17259 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17260 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17261 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17262 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17263 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17264 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17265 matches may be returned from the message body.
17267 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17269 ;;;***
17271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17272 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17275 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17276 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17277 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17279 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17280 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17282 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17284 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17285 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17290 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17291 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17292 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17293 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17297 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17298 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17300 \(fn)" nil nil)
17302 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17303 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17304 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17306 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17308 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17309 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17310 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17312 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17313 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17314 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17315 double-quotes.
17317 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17319 ;;;***
17321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17322 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17325 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17326 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17327 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17328 king@grassland.com
17329 If `parens', they look like:
17330 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17331 If `angles', they look like:
17332 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17334 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17336 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17337 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17338 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17339 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17340 their `Resent-' variants.
17342 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17343 removed from alias expansions.
17345 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17347 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17348 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17349 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17351 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17352 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17353 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17354 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17356 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17358 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17359 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17360 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17362 \(fn)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17365 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17366 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17367 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17369 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17371 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17373 ;;;***
17375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17376 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17379 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17380 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17381 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17382 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17384 \(fn)" nil nil)
17386 ;;;***
17388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17389 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17392 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17393 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17395 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17396 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17397 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17398 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17399 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17400 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17402 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17403 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17404 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17405 dependency, despite the colon.
17407 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17409 In the browser, use the following keys:
17411 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17413 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17415 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17416 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17418 `makefile-target-colon':
17419 The string that gets appended to all target names
17420 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17421 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17423 `makefile-macro-assign':
17424 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17425 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17426 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17427 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17428 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17429 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17431 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17432 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17433 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17435 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17436 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17438 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17439 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17440 up or down in the browser.
17442 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17443 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17445 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17446 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17448 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17449 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17450 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17451 has been selected in the browser.
17453 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17454 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17455 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17456 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17457 filenames are omitted.
17459 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17460 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17461 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17462 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17463 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17464 the backslash itself intact.
17465 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17466 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17468 `makefile-browser-hook':
17469 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17470 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17472 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17473 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17474 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17475 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17477 \(fn)" t nil)
17479 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17480 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17482 \(fn)" t nil)
17484 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17485 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17487 \(fn)" t nil)
17489 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17490 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17492 \(fn)" t nil)
17494 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17495 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17497 \(fn)" t nil)
17499 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17500 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17502 \(fn)" t nil)
17504 ;;;***
17506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17509 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17510 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17511 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17515 ;;;***
17517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17520 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17522 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17523 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17524 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17525 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17526 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17527 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17528 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17529 page, it will display immediately.
17531 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17532 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17533 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17535 cat(1)
17536 1 cat
17538 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17539 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17540 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17541 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17543 -a chmod
17545 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17546 otherwise look like a page name.
17548 /my/file/name.1.gz
17549 -l somefile.1
17551 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17552 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17553 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17555 -k pattern
17557 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17559 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17560 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17562 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17564 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17565 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17567 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17569 ;;;***
17571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17572 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17573 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17575 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17576 Toggle Master mode.
17577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17578 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17579 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17581 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17582 using the following commands:
17584 \\{master-mode-map}
17586 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17587 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17588 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17592 ;;;***
17594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17597 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17598 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17599 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17602 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17604 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17606 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17607 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17609 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17610 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17612 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17613 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17614 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17615 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17619 ;;;***
17621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17622 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17623 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17625 ;;;***
17627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 0
17628 ;;;;;; 0))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17631 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17633 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17634 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17635 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17636 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17637 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17638 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17639 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17640 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17641 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17642 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17643 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17644 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17645 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17646 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17647 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17648 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17649 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17650 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17651 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17652 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17653 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17654 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17655 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17656 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17657 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17658 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17659 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17660 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17661 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17662 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17663 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17664 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17665 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17666 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17667 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17668 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17669 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17670 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17672 \(fn)" t nil)
17674 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17675 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17676 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17677 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17678 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17680 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17682 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17683 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17685 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17687 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17688 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17690 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17692 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17693 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17695 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17697 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17698 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17699 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17701 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17703 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17704 Cancel an article you posted.
17705 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17710 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17711 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17712 header line with the old Message-ID.
17714 \(fn)" t nil)
17716 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17717 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17719 \(fn)" t nil)
17721 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17722 Forward the current message via mail.
17723 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17724 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17726 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17731 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17733 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17736 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17738 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17739 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17741 \(fn)" t nil)
17743 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17744 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17746 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17749 Re-mail the current message.
17750 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17751 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17752 you.
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17756 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17757 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17759 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17761 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17762 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17764 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17766 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17767 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17769 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17771 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17772 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17774 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17776 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17777 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17778 Works by overstriking characters.
17779 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17780 which specify the range to operate on.
17782 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17784 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17785 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17786 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17787 which specify the range to operate on.
17789 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17791 ;;;***
17793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17794 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17796 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17798 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17799 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17801 \(fn)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17804 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17806 \(fn)" t nil)
17808 ;;;***
17810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17811 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17814 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17815 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17816 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17818 \(fn)" t nil)
17820 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17821 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17822 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17823 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17824 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17825 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17826 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17828 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17830 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17831 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17832 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17833 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17834 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17835 means current).
17836 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17837 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17839 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17841 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17842 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17843 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17844 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17845 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17846 means current).
17847 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17848 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17850 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17852 ;;;***
17854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 0
17855 ;;;;;; 0))
17856 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17858 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17859 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17860 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17865 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17866 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17871 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17873 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17874 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17875 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17877 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17878 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17880 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17881 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17883 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17885 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17887 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17888 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17889 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17890 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17891 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17892 as `compose-mail'.
17894 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17895 initial Subject field, respectively.
17897 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17898 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17899 are strings.
17901 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17902 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17904 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17906 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17907 Save draft and send message.
17909 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17910 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17911 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17912 Mail Delivery*\".
17914 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17915 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17916 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17918 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17919 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17920 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17921 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17922 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17923 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17925 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17926 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17928 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17929 message and scan line.
17931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17933 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17934 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17936 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17937 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17938 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17939 delete the draft message.
17941 \(fn)" t nil)
17943 ;;;***
17945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17947 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
17949 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17951 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17953 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17955 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17956 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17958 \(fn)" t nil)
17960 ;;;***
17962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
17963 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17964 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17966 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17967 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17968 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17970 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17971 the MH mail system.
17973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17975 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17976 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17977 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17979 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17980 the MH mail system.
17982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17985 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17987 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17988 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17989 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17990 separate command.
17992 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17993 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17994 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17995 format.
17997 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17999 Ranges
18000 ======
18001 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18002 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18003 can be used in several ways.
18005 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18006 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18007 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18008 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18009 page):
18011 <num1>-<num2>
18012 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18013 The range must be nonempty.
18015 <num>:N
18016 <num>:+N
18017 <num>:-N
18018 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18019 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18020 last.
18022 first:N
18023 prev:N
18024 next:N
18025 last:N
18026 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18029 All of the messages.
18031 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18032 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18034 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18035 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18036 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18038 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18042 ;;;***
18044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18047 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18048 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18049 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18050 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18051 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18052 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18053 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18054 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18055 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18056 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18057 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18059 \(fn)" t nil)
18061 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18062 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18063 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18064 to its second argument TM.
18066 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18068 ;;;***
18070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18071 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18074 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18075 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18076 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18079 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18081 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18083 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18084 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18086 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18087 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18089 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18090 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18091 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18092 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18093 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18094 is modified to remove the default indication.
18096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18098 ;;;***
18100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18103 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18104 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18105 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18106 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18107 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18108 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18109 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18110 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18111 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18113 \(fn)" t nil)
18115 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18116 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18117 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18118 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18119 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18120 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18121 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18122 The return value is always nil.
18124 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18126 ;;;***
18128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18129 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18130 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18132 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18133 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18135 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18136 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18137 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18138 next occurrence.
18140 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18141 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18142 end of the search space).
18144 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18145 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18146 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18147 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18148 should return the previous buffer to search.
18150 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18151 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18152 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18154 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18155 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18156 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18157 Isearch starts.")
18159 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18160 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18161 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18163 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18164 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18165 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18167 \(fn)" nil nil)
18169 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18170 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18171 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18172 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18173 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18174 whose names match the specified regexp.
18176 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18178 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18179 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18180 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18181 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18182 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18183 whose names match the specified regexp.
18185 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18187 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18188 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18189 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18190 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18191 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18192 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18193 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18195 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18197 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18198 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18199 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18200 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18201 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18202 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18203 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18205 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18207 ;;;***
18209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18210 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18212 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18214 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18215 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18217 \(fn)" t nil)
18219 ;;;***
18221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18222 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18225 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18226 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18228 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18230 ;;;***
18232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18233 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18236 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18237 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18239 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18241 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18242 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18243 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18244 the entire message.
18245 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18247 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18249 ;;;***
18251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18252 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18255 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18256 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18257 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18258 the entire message.
18259 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18261 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18263 ;;;***
18265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18268 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18269 Insert file contents of URL.
18270 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18272 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18274 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18275 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18279 ;;;***
18281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18284 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18285 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18286 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18287 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18288 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18290 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18292 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18293 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18294 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18296 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18298 ;;;***
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18303 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18304 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18306 \(fn)" nil nil)
18308 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18309 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18310 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18311 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18312 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18314 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18315 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18316 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18317 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18318 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18319 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18321 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18323 ;;;***
18325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 0
18326 ;;;;;; 0))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18329 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18332 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18334 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18337 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18339 ;;;***
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 0
18342 ;;;;;; 0))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18345 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18348 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18353 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18355 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18358 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18360 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18363 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18365 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18368 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18370 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18373 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18375 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18378 \(fn)" nil nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18383 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18386 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18388 ;;;***
18390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18394 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18396 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18397 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18398 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18399 followed by the first character of the construct.
18400 \\<m2-mode-map>
18401 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18402 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18403 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18404 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18405 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18406 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18407 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18408 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18409 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18410 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18411 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18412 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18413 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18414 \\[m2-link] link
18416 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18417 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18418 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18420 \(fn)" t nil)
18422 ;;;***
18424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18427 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18428 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18430 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18432 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18433 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18435 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18437 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18438 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18440 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18442 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18443 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18445 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18447 ;;;***
18449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 0
18450 ;;;;;; 0))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18453 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18454 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18456 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18457 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18458 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18460 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18461 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18462 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18464 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18465 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18467 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18468 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18469 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18470 hemisphere you're in.)
18472 To test this function, evaluate:
18473 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18475 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18477 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18478 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18480 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18481 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18483 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18484 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18485 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18487 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18488 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18490 To test this function, evaluate:
18491 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18493 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18495 ;;;***
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18500 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18501 Main entry point for MPC.
18503 \(fn)" t nil)
18505 ;;;***
18507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18510 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18511 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18513 \(fn)" t nil)
18515 ;;;***
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18520 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18521 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18522 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18523 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18524 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18525 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18527 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18529 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18530 Toggle Msb mode.
18531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18535 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18536 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18540 ;;;***
18542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18543 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18546 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18547 Display a list of all character sets.
18549 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18550 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18551 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18552 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18553 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18555 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18556 but still shows the full information.
18558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18560 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18561 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18562 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18564 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18565 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18566 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18567 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18568 meanings of these arguments.
18570 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18572 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18573 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18575 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18577 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18578 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18580 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18582 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18585 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18587 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18590 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18591 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18592 in place of `..':
18593 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18594 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18595 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18596 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18597 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18598 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18599 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18600 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18601 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18604 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18605 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18606 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18610 \(fn)" t nil)
18612 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18615 \(fn)" t nil)
18617 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all coding systems.
18619 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18621 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18622 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18626 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display a list of all coding categories.
18629 \(fn)" nil nil)
18631 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18633 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18635 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18637 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about FONTSET.
18639 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18641 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18643 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of all fontsets.
18645 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18646 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18647 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18651 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display information about all input methods.
18654 \(fn)" t nil)
18656 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18659 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18660 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18661 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18662 system which uses fontsets).
18664 \(fn)" t nil)
18666 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18667 Show log of font listing and opening.
18668 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18669 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18671 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18673 ;;;***
18675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18676 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18679 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18680 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18682 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18683 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18685 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18686 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18688 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18690 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18691 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18692 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18693 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18694 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18695 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18696 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18698 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18699 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18700 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18701 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18702 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18703 middle of a character in STR.
18705 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18706 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18708 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18709 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18710 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18711 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18712 defaults to \"...\".
18714 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18716 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18717 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18719 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18720 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18721 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18723 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18724 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18725 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18727 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18728 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18729 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18730 are considered.
18731 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18732 longer than KEYSEQ.
18733 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18735 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18738 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18739 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18740 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18741 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18742 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18743 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18744 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18745 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18746 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18747 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18749 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18751 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18752 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18754 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18759 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18762 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18764 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18772 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18773 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18774 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18775 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18777 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18778 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18780 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18781 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18782 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18783 coding systems ordered by priority.
18785 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18787 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18789 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18790 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18791 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18792 language environment LANG-ENV.
18794 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18796 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18797 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18798 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18799 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18800 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18801 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18803 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18805 ;;;***
18807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18808 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18811 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18812 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18814 \(fn)" t nil)
18816 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18817 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18819 \(fn)" t nil)
18821 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18822 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18824 \(fn)" t nil)
18826 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18827 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18829 \(fn)" t nil)
18831 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18832 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18834 \(fn)" t nil)
18836 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18837 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18839 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18841 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18842 Ping HOST.
18843 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18844 `ping-program-options'.
18846 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18848 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18849 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18851 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18854 Run nslookup program.
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18859 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18861 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18864 Run dig program.
18866 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18869 Run ftp program.
18871 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18873 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18874 Finger USER on HOST.
18876 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18879 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18880 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18881 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18883 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18885 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18888 \(fn)" t nil)
18890 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18891 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18893 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18895 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18896 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18898 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18900 ;;;***
18902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18905 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18906 Return a user name/password pair.
18907 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18908 listed in the PORTS list.
18910 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18912 ;;;***
18914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18915 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18918 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18919 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18920 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18921 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18922 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18923 closes it.
18925 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18926 make it unique.
18927 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18928 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18929 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18930 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18931 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18932 a port number to connect to.
18934 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18935 values:
18937 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18938 nil or `network'
18939 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18940 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18941 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18942 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18943 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18944 an unencrypted connection.
18945 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18946 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18947 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18948 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18949 returned object is a killed process.
18950 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18951 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18952 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18954 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18955 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18956 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18957 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18958 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18959 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18960 or nil if none could be found.
18961 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18962 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18964 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18966 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18967 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18968 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18970 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18971 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18972 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18974 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18975 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18976 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18978 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18979 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18980 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18981 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18983 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18984 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18986 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18987 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18988 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18989 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18990 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18991 or STARTTLS connections.
18993 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18994 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18996 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
18997 a greeting from the server.
18999 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19000 asynchronously, if possible.
19002 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19004 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19006 ;;;***
19008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19009 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19012 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19013 Check whether newsticker is running.
19014 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19015 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19017 \(fn)" nil nil)
19019 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19020 Start the newsticker.
19021 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19022 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19023 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19024 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19026 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19028 ;;;***
19030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19031 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
19032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19034 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19035 Start newsticker plainview.
19037 \(fn)" t nil)
19039 ;;;***
19041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19042 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19045 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19046 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19048 \(fn)" t nil)
19050 ;;;***
19052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19053 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19056 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19057 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19058 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19059 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19060 empty.
19062 \(fn)" nil nil)
19064 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19065 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19066 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19067 running already.
19069 \(fn)" t nil)
19071 ;;;***
19073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19074 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19077 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19078 Start newsticker treeview.
19080 \(fn)" t nil)
19082 ;;;***
19084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19085 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19087 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19089 ;;;***
19091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 0
19092 ;;;;;; 0))
19093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19095 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19096 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19098 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19100 ;;;***
19102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19105 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19106 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19107 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19108 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19109 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19110 symbol in the alist.
19112 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19114 ;;;***
19116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19117 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19120 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19121 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19122 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19124 \(fn)" t nil)
19126 ;;;***
19128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19131 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19132 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19134 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19136 ;;;***
19138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19141 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19143 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19144 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19145 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19147 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19150 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19152 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19153 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19154 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19155 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19156 to future sessions.
19158 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19160 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19161 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19162 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19163 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19164 future sessions.
19166 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19168 ;;;***
19170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19171 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19172 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19174 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19175 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19176 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19177 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19178 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19179 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19181 \(fn)" t nil)
19183 ;;;***
19185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19187 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19189 ;;;***
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19192 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19195 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19196 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19197 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19198 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19200 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19202 ;;;***
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 1839
19205 ;;;;;; 721535 649000))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19208 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19209 Major mode for editing XML.
19211 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19212 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19213 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19214 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19215 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19216 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19217 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19219 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19221 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19222 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19224 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19225 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19226 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19227 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19228 instead of C-c.
19230 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19231 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19232 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19233 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19234 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19235 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19237 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19238 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19239 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19241 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19242 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19243 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19245 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19246 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19247 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19248 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19249 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19250 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19251 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19252 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19253 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19255 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19257 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19258 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19260 \(fn)" t nil)
19261 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19263 ;;;***
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19266 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19269 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19270 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19271 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19272 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19274 \(fn)" t nil)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 34341
19279 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19282 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19283 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19285 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19286 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19287 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19288 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19290 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19292 Key bindings:
19293 \\{octave-mode-map}
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19297 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19298 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19299 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19301 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19303 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19304 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19306 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19307 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19308 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19312 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19314 ;;;***
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19317 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19320 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19322 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19323 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19324 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19325 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19326 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19328 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19330 Customization:
19332 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19333 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19334 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19335 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19336 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19337 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19338 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19339 Directories to search when finding external units.
19340 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19341 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19343 Coloring:
19345 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19346 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19350 ;;;***
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19355 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19356 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19358 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19360 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19361 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19362 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19363 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19364 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19365 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19367 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19369 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19370 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19371 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19372 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19373 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19375 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19377 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19378 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19380 \(fn)" nil nil)
19382 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19383 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19385 \(fn)" nil nil)
19387 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19388 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19389 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19391 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19392 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19393 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19394 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19395 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19396 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19397 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19398 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19399 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19400 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19402 The following commands are available:
19404 \\{org-mode-map}
19406 \(fn)" t nil)
19408 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19409 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19411 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19412 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19413 in special contexts.
19415 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19416 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19417 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19418 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19419 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19420 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19421 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19422 properties in the buffer.
19423 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19424 including any drawers.
19426 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19428 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19429 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19430 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19431 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19432 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19433 and zoom in further.
19434 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19435 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19437 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19438 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19439 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19440 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19441 times right after creating a new headline.
19443 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19444 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19445 is negative, go up that many levels.
19447 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19448 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19449 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19451 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19452 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19453 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19454 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19458 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19459 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19460 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19461 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19464 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19466 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19467 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19468 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19469 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19470 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19471 defined by Org-mode).
19473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19475 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19476 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19478 \(fn)" nil nil)
19480 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19481 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19483 \(fn)" nil nil)
19485 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19486 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19487 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19488 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19489 call CMD.
19491 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19493 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19494 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19495 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19496 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19498 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19499 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19500 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19502 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19503 part of Org's core.
19505 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19506 active region.
19508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19510 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19511 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19512 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19514 \(fn)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19517 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19518 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19519 Org-mode syntax.
19521 \(fn)" t nil)
19523 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19524 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19526 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19529 Switch between Org buffers.
19530 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19531 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19533 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19534 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19538 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19540 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19542 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19543 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19544 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19545 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19547 \(fn)" t nil)
19549 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19550 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19552 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19554 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19555 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19556 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19558 \(fn)" t nil)
19560 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19561 Reload all org lisp files.
19562 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19564 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19566 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19567 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19569 \(fn)" t nil)
19571 ;;;***
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21341 23900
19574 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19577 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19578 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19582 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19583 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19584 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19585 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19587 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19588 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19589 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19590 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19591 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19592 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19593 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19594 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19595 e Export views to associated files.
19596 s Search entries for keywords.
19597 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19598 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19599 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19600 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19601 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19602 > Remove a previous restriction.
19603 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19604 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19605 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19607 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19608 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19609 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19611 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19612 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19613 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19614 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19615 \(if active).
19617 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19619 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19620 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19621 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19622 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19623 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19624 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19625 before running the agenda command.
19627 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19629 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19630 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19631 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19632 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19633 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19634 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19635 before running the agenda command.
19637 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19638 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19640 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19642 category The category of the item
19643 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19644 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19645 todo selected in TODO match
19646 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19647 diary imported from diary
19648 deadline a deadline on given date
19649 scheduled scheduled on given date
19650 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19651 closed entry was closed on given date
19652 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19653 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19654 block entry has date block including g. date
19655 todo The todo keyword, if any
19656 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19657 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19658 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19659 extra Sting with extra planning info
19660 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19661 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19662 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19664 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19666 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19667 Store agenda views.
19669 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19672 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19674 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19676 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19677 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19678 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19679 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19681 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19682 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19683 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19685 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19686 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19688 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19689 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19691 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19693 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19694 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19696 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19697 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19698 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19699 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19700 EDIT-AT.
19702 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19703 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19704 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19705 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19706 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19707 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19709 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19710 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19711 including newlines.
19713 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19714 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19715 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19716 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19717 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19718 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19719 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19721 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19722 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19723 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19724 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19726 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19727 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19728 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19729 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19730 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19731 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19732 Boolean search must match as full words.
19734 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19735 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19737 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19739 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19740 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19741 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19742 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19743 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19744 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19748 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19749 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19750 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19752 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19754 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19755 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19756 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19757 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19758 `org-stuck-projects'.
19760 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19763 Return diary information from org files.
19764 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19765 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19766 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19767 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19768 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19770 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19772 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19774 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19775 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19777 &%%(org-diary)
19779 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19780 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19781 So the example above may also be written as
19783 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19785 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19786 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19787 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19789 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19791 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19792 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19794 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19796 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19797 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19798 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19799 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19800 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19802 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19805 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19806 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19808 \(fn)" t nil)
19810 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19811 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19812 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19813 appointments.
19815 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19816 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19818 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19819 for filtering entries out.
19821 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19822 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19823 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19825 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19826 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19828 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19829 (category \"Work\"))
19831 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19832 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19834 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19835 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19836 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19837 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19838 details and examples.
19840 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19841 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19843 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19845 ;;;***
19847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21341 23900
19848 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19851 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19852 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19854 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19856 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19857 Capture something.
19858 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19859 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19860 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19861 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19862 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19863 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19865 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19866 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19867 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19868 stored.
19870 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19872 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19873 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19874 will be bypassed.
19876 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19877 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19878 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19879 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19881 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19883 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19884 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19888 ;;;***
19890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19891 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19894 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19895 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19897 \(fn)" t nil)
19899 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19902 \(fn)" nil nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19905 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19906 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19908 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19911 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19913 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19915 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19916 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19918 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19920 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19921 Write the column view table.
19922 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19924 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19925 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19926 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19927 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19928 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19929 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19930 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19931 using `org-id-find'.
19932 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19933 a hline before each level <= that number.
19934 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19935 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19936 :skip-empty-rows
19937 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19938 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19940 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19942 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19943 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19945 \(fn)" t nil)
19947 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19948 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19952 ;;;***
19954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21341 23900
19955 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19956 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19958 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19959 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19961 \(fn)" nil t)
19963 ;;;***
19965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 0
19966 ;;;;;; 0))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19969 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19970 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19972 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19974 ;;;***
19976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21341 23900
19977 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19978 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19980 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19981 The release version of org-mode.
19982 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19984 \(fn)" nil nil)
19986 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19987 The Git version of org-mode.
19988 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19990 \(fn)" nil nil)
19992 ;;;***
19994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19996 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19997 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19999 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20000 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20001 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20002 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20004 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20005 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20006 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20007 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20009 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20010 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20011 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20012 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20013 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20014 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20016 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20017 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20018 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20020 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20021 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20022 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20023 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20024 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20025 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20026 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20027 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20028 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20029 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20030 The subheadings remain visible.
20031 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20033 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20034 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20035 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20037 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20038 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20042 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20043 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20045 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20046 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20048 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20051 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20053 ;;;***
20055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21384 26818
20056 ;;;;;; 168916 0))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20058 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20060 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20061 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20062 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20063 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20064 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20066 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20067 activate the package system at any time.")
20069 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20071 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20072 Install the package PKG.
20073 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20074 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20076 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20078 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20079 Install a package from the current buffer.
20080 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20081 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20082 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20084 \(fn)" t nil)
20086 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20087 Install a package from a file.
20088 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20090 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20092 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20093 Import keys from FILE.
20095 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20097 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20098 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20099 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20100 makes them available for download.
20102 \(fn)" t nil)
20104 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20105 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20106 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20107 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20109 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20111 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20112 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20114 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20116 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20117 Display a list of packages.
20118 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20119 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20120 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20122 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20124 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20126 ;;;***
20128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20131 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20132 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20133 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20136 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20138 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20140 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20141 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20146 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20147 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20148 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20152 ;;;***
20154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20155 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20157 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20159 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20160 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20161 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20162 unknown are returned as nil.
20164 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20166 ;;;***
20168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 19378
20169 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20172 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20173 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20174 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20176 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20177 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20179 Other useful functions are:
20181 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20182 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20183 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20184 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20185 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20186 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20187 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20188 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20189 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20191 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20193 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20194 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20195 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20196 Indentation for case statements.
20197 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20198 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20199 mark after an end.
20200 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20201 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20202 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20203 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20204 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20205 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20206 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20207 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20208 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20209 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20211 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20212 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20214 \(fn)" t nil)
20216 ;;;***
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20219 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20220 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20222 (defvar password-cache t "\
20223 Whether to cache passwords.")
20225 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20227 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20228 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20229 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20231 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20233 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20234 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20236 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20238 ;;;***
20240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20244 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20245 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20246 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20248 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20249 _ matches anything.
20250 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20251 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20252 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20253 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20254 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20255 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20256 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20257 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20258 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20259 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20261 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20262 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20263 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20264 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20265 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20266 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20268 PRED can take the form
20269 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20270 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20271 which is the value being matched.
20272 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20273 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20274 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20275 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20276 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20278 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20280 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20282 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20283 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20284 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20285 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20287 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20289 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20291 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20292 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20293 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20294 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20296 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20298 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20300 ;;;***
20302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20305 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20306 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20308 \(fn)" nil nil)
20310 ;;;***
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20316 Completion for `gzip'.
20318 \(fn)" nil nil)
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20321 Completion for `bzip2'.
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20326 Completion for GNU `make'.
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20331 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20333 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20337 ;;;***
20339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20340 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20344 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20346 \(fn)" nil nil)
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20349 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20354 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358 ;;;***
20360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20361 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20364 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20368 ;;;***
20370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 0
20371 ;;;;;; 0))
20372 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20374 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20375 Completion for `cd'.
20377 \(fn)" nil nil)
20379 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20381 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20382 Completion for `rmdir'.
20384 \(fn)" nil nil)
20386 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20387 Completion for `rm'.
20389 \(fn)" nil nil)
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20392 Completion for `xargs'.
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20396 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20399 Completion for `which'.
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20403 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20404 Completion for the `chown' command.
20406 \(fn)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20409 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20414 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20419 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20420 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424 ;;;***
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20430 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20435 Completion for the `ack' command.
20436 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20437 long options.
20439 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20444 Completion for the `ag' command.
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448 ;;;***
20450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20454 Support extensible programmable completion.
20455 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20456 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20458 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20461 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20463 \(fn)" t nil)
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20466 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20467 This will modify the current buffer.
20469 \(fn)" t nil)
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20472 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20477 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20478 This will modify the current buffer.
20480 \(fn)" t nil)
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20483 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20485 \(fn)" t nil)
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20488 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20490 \(fn)" t nil)
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20493 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20494 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20495 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20496 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20498 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20501 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20503 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505 ;;;***
20507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20510 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20511 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20512 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20513 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20515 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20517 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20519 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20520 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20521 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20522 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20523 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20524 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20525 FLAGS is ignored.
20527 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20529 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20530 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20531 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20533 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20534 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20535 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20536 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20538 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20540 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20541 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20542 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20543 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20544 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20545 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20546 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20547 passed to cvs.
20549 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20551 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20552 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20553 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20554 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20555 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20556 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20557 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20559 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20561 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20562 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20563 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20565 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20567 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20568 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20569 A value of nil means never do it.
20570 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20571 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20572 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20574 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20576 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20577 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20578 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20580 ;;;***
20582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20583 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20586 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20587 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20589 ;;;***
20591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20592 ;;;;;; 23900 0 0))
20593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20594 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20595 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20596 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20597 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20598 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20599 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20601 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20602 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20603 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20604 Tab indents for Perl code.
20605 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20606 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20607 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20608 \\{perl-mode-map}
20609 Variables controlling indentation style:
20610 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20611 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20612 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20613 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20614 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20615 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20616 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20617 `perl-nochange'
20618 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20619 `perl-indent-level'
20620 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20621 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20622 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20623 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20624 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20625 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20626 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20627 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20628 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20629 `perl-brace-offset'
20630 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20631 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20632 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20633 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20634 `perl-label-offset'
20635 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20636 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20637 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20639 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20640 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20641 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20642 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20643 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20644 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20645 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20647 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20649 \(fn)" t nil)
20651 ;;;***
20653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 53104
20654 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20657 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20658 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20659 \\<picture-mode-map>
20660 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20661 afterwards settable by these commands:
20663 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20664 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20665 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20666 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20668 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20669 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20670 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20671 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20673 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20674 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20675 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20676 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20678 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20679 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20680 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20681 with these commands:
20683 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20684 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20685 Move to column following last
20686 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20687 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20688 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20689 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20690 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20691 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20693 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20695 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20696 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20697 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20698 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20699 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20700 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20702 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20703 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20704 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20705 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20706 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20707 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20708 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20710 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20711 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20712 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20713 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20714 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20715 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20716 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20717 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20719 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20720 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20721 by supplying an argument.
20723 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20725 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20726 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20728 \(fn)" t nil)
20730 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20732 ;;;***
20734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 0
20735 ;;;;;; 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20738 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20739 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20741 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20743 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20744 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20746 \(fn)" t nil)
20748 ;;;***
20750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20753 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20754 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20755 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20757 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20759 ;;;***
20761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20764 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20765 Play pong and waste time.
20766 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20767 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20769 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20771 \\{pong-mode-map}
20773 \(fn)" t nil)
20775 ;;;***
20777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20780 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20781 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20782 Use streaming commands.
20784 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20786 ;;;***
20788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20791 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20792 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20793 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20794 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20796 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20798 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20799 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20801 \(fn)" nil nil)
20803 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20804 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20805 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20806 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20807 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20809 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20811 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20812 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20813 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20815 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20817 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20818 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20820 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20822 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20823 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20824 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20825 Ignores leading comment characters.
20827 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20829 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20830 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20831 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20832 Ignores leading comment characters.
20834 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20836 ;;;***
20838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21359 23622 725850
20839 ;;;;;; 0))
20840 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20841 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20843 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20844 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20846 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20848 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20850 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20852 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20853 Preview directory using ghostview.
20855 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20856 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20857 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20858 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20860 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20861 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20862 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20863 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20864 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20865 file name.
20867 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20869 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20871 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20872 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20874 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20875 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20876 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20877 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20879 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20880 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20881 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20882 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20883 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20884 file name.
20886 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20888 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20890 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20891 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20893 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20894 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20895 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20896 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20898 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20899 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20900 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20901 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20902 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20903 file name.
20905 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20907 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20909 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20910 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20912 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20914 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20915 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20916 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20917 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20919 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20920 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20921 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20922 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20923 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20924 file name.
20926 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20928 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20931 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20933 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20934 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20935 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20938 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20939 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20940 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20942 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20944 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20945 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20947 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20948 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20949 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20951 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20952 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20953 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20954 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20956 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20958 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20959 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20961 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20962 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20963 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20965 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20966 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20967 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20968 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20970 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20973 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20975 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20983 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20984 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview region using ghostview.
20991 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20993 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20995 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20996 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20998 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21002 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21003 Print region using PostScript printer.
21005 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21007 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21010 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21012 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21014 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21017 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21019 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21021 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21024 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21026 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21028 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21031 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21033 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21035 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21037 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21038 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21040 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21042 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21045 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21046 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21047 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21049 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21050 matching.
21052 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21053 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21055 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21057 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21060 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21061 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21062 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21064 \(fn)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21067 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21068 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21069 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21071 \(fn)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21074 Print directory using text printer.
21076 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21077 matching.
21079 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21080 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21082 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21084 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21087 Print buffer using text printer.
21089 \(fn)" t nil)
21091 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21092 Print region using text printer.
21094 \(fn)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21097 Print major mode using text printer.
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21102 Preview spooled PostScript.
21104 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21105 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21106 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21108 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21109 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21110 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21112 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21115 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21117 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21118 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21119 instead of sending it to the printer.
21121 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21122 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21123 image in a file with that name.
21125 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21128 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21130 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21131 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21132 instead of sending it to the printer.
21134 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21135 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21136 image in a file with that name.
21138 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21140 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21141 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21143 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21144 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21145 instead of sending it to the printer.
21147 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21148 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21149 image in a file with that name.
21151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21154 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21156 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21161 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21164 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21166 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21169 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21171 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21174 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21176 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21179 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21181 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21182 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21183 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21184 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21186 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21187 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21188 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21189 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21190 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21191 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21192 file name.
21194 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21196 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21197 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21199 \(fn)" t nil)
21201 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21202 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21204 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21205 right.
21206 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21207 bottom.
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21212 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21217 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21222 Toggle printing with faces.
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21227 Toggle spooling.
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21232 Toggle duplex.
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21237 Toggle tumble.
21239 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21240 right.
21241 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21242 bottom.
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21247 Toggle landscape.
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21252 Toggle upside-down.
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21257 Toggle line number.
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21262 Toggle zebra stripes.
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21267 Toggle printing header.
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21272 Toggle printing header frame.
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21277 Toggle menu lock.
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21282 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21286 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21287 Toggle auto mode.
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21291 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21292 Customization of the `printing' group.
21294 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21297 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21299 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21302 Help for the printing package.
21304 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21307 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21309 \(fn)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21312 Interactively select a text printer.
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21317 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21322 Show current ps-print settings.
21324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21327 Show current printing settings.
21329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21332 Show current lpr settings.
21334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21337 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21339 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21340 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21341 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21342 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21345 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21347 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21348 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21349 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21351 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21352 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21353 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21354 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21355 current active printer.
21357 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21358 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21359 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21360 printer.
21362 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21363 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21364 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21365 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21366 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21369 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21370 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21372 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21374 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21375 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21376 be done using the new current active printer.
21378 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21379 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21380 printer.
21382 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21383 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21384 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21385 instead of sending it to the printer.
21387 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21388 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21389 printer.
21391 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21394 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21395 are both set to t.
21397 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21400 Fast fire function for text printing.
21402 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21403 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21404 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21405 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21407 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21408 user for a new active text printer.
21410 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21412 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21414 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21415 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21416 printer.
21418 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21420 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21421 are both set to t.
21423 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21425 ;;;***
21427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21430 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21431 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21432 \\<proced-mode-map>
21433 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21434 the process information.
21436 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21438 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21439 Proced buffers.
21441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21443 ;;;***
21445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21446 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21448 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21449 Start/restart profilers.
21450 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21451 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21452 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21454 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21457 Open profile FILENAME.
21459 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21461 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21462 Open profile FILENAME.
21464 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21466 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21467 Open profile FILENAME.
21469 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21471 ;;;***
21473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21346 62196
21474 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21477 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21478 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21480 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21481 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21483 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21485 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21486 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21488 Commands:
21489 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21494 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21495 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21500 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21501 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21505 ;;;***
21507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21508 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21510 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21511 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21512 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21514 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21516 ;;;***
21518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21521 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21523 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21524 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21526 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21528 The following variables hold user options, and can
21529 be set through the `customize' command:
21531 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21532 `ps-mode-tab'
21533 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21534 `ps-mode-print-function'
21535 `ps-run-prompt'
21536 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21537 `ps-run-x'
21538 `ps-run-dumb'
21539 `ps-run-init'
21540 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21541 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21543 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21546 \\{ps-mode-map}
21549 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21550 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21551 The keymap for this second window is:
21553 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21556 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21557 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21558 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21559 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21560 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21562 \(fn)" t nil)
21564 ;;;***
21566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21359 23622 725850
21567 ;;;;;; 0))
21568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21569 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21571 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21572 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21573 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21575 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21577 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21578 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21579 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21580 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21582 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21584 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21585 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21587 Valid values are:
21589 nil Do not print colors.
21591 t Print colors.
21593 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21594 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21596 Any other value is treated as t.")
21598 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21600 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21601 Customization of ps-print group.
21603 \(fn)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21606 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21608 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21609 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21610 sending it to the printer.
21612 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21613 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21614 image in a file with that name.
21616 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21618 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21619 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21620 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21621 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21622 so it has a way to determine color values.
21624 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21627 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21628 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21630 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21633 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21634 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21635 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21636 so it has a way to determine color values.
21638 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21641 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21642 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21643 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21645 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21650 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21651 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21652 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21653 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21655 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21657 \(fn)" t nil)
21659 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21660 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21661 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21663 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21665 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21667 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21668 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21669 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21671 so it has a way to determine color values.
21673 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21675 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21678 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21680 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21681 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21682 instead of sending it to the printer.
21684 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21685 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21686 image in a file with that name.
21688 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21690 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21691 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21692 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21693 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21694 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21699 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21700 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21702 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21705 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21706 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21708 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21711 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21713 \(fn)" nil nil)
21715 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21716 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21718 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21719 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21721 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21722 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21724 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21726 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21728 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21730 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21731 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21733 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21734 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21736 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21737 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21739 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21741 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21743 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21745 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21746 foreground and background colors respectively.
21748 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21749 bold - use bold font.
21750 italic - use italic font.
21751 underline - put a line under text.
21752 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21753 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21754 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21755 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21756 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21758 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21760 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21762 ;;;***
21764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21765 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21766 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21768 ;;;***
21770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21313 59928
21771 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21773 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21775 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21777 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21779 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21780 Run an inferior Python process.
21781 Input and output via buffer named after
21782 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21783 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21785 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21786 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21787 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21788 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21790 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21791 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21792 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21794 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21796 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21797 Major mode for editing Python files.
21799 \\{python-mode-map}
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21803 ;;;***
21805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21808 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21809 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21810 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21811 coding-system.
21813 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21814 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21816 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21817 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21818 them into characters should be done separately.
21820 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21822 ;;;***
21824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21825 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21828 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21829 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21831 \(fn)" nil nil)
21833 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21834 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21835 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21837 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21838 `quail-activate', which see.
21840 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21842 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21843 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21844 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21845 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21846 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21847 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21848 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21850 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21851 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21852 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21853 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21854 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21855 shown.
21856 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21858 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21859 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21860 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21861 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21862 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21863 list of candidates.
21865 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21866 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21867 command to be called.
21869 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21870 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21871 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21872 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21874 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21875 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21876 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21877 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21878 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21879 to t.
21881 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21882 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21883 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21884 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21886 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21887 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21888 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21889 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21890 defines no translations for single character keys.
21892 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21893 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21894 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21895 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21896 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21897 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21899 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21900 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21901 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21902 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21903 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21904 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21906 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21907 covers Quail translation region.
21909 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21910 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21911 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21912 for it) is inserted.
21914 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21915 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21916 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21918 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21919 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21920 non-Quail commands.
21922 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21924 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21925 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21927 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21928 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21929 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21930 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21931 you type is correctly handled.
21933 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21935 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21936 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21938 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21939 keyboard type.
21941 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21943 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21944 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21945 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21946 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21947 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21948 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21949 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21950 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21951 for the translation.
21952 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21954 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21955 it is used to handle KEY.
21957 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21958 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21959 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21960 the following annotation types are supported.
21962 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21963 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21965 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21966 candidate list.
21968 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21969 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21970 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21971 inserted.
21973 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21974 generated for the following translations.
21976 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21978 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21979 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21981 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21982 which to install MAP.
21984 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21986 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21988 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21989 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21991 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21992 which to install MAP.
21994 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21996 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21998 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
21999 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22000 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22001 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22002 a function, or a cons.
22003 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22004 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22005 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22006 for the translation.
22007 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22008 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22009 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22010 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22011 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22013 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22014 it is used to handle KEY.
22016 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22017 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22018 current Quail package.
22020 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22021 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22023 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22025 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22026 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22028 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22029 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22031 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22033 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22034 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22036 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22038 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22039 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22040 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22041 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22042 of the Emacs source tree.
22044 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22045 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22047 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22048 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22049 of each directory.
22051 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22053 ;;;***
22055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22056 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22057 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22059 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22060 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22061 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22062 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22064 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22066 ;;;***
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22069 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22072 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22073 Activate UCS input method.
22074 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22076 While this input method is active, the variable
22077 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22079 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22081 ;;;***
22083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 0
22084 ;;;;;; 0))
22085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22087 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22088 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22089 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22090 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22092 To make use of this do something like:
22094 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22096 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22098 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22099 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22101 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22102 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22103 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22105 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22108 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22110 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22112 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22113 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22115 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22116 is decided.
22118 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22120 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22121 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22123 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22124 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22125 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22127 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22129 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22130 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22132 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22134 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22135 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22137 \(fn)" t nil)
22139 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22140 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22142 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22144 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22146 \(fn)" t nil)
22148 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22149 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22151 \(fn)" t nil)
22153 ;;;***
22155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22158 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22159 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22161 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22163 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22167 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22169 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22172 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22174 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22175 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22176 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22179 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22181 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22183 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22184 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22186 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22187 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22194 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22197 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22199 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22200 Construct a regexp interactively.
22201 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22202 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22203 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22205 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22206 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22208 \(fn)" t nil)
22210 ;;;***
22212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22213 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22215 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22216 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22217 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22220 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22222 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22224 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22225 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22228 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22230 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22231 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22232 were operated on recently.
22234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22236 ;;;***
22238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22241 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22242 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22243 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22244 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22245 ends.
22247 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22248 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22249 to be deleted.
22251 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22253 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22254 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22255 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22257 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22258 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22259 deleted.
22261 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22263 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22264 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22265 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22267 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22269 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22270 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22272 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22273 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22275 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22276 deleted.
22278 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22279 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22280 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22281 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22282 even beep.)
22284 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22286 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22287 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22289 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22291 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22292 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22296 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22297 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22298 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22299 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22300 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22301 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22302 and point is at the lower right corner.
22304 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22306 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22307 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22309 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22310 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22312 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22313 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22314 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22316 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22318 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22320 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22321 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22322 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22323 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22324 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22326 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22327 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22329 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22331 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22332 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22333 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22335 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22337 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22339 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22341 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22342 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22344 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22346 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22348 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22350 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22352 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22354 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22355 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22356 rectangle which were empty.
22358 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22360 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22361 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22363 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22364 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22365 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22366 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22368 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22370 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22371 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22372 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22376 ;;;***
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22379 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22382 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22383 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22388 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22389 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22390 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22391 auto-filling.
22393 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22397 ;;;***
22399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22400 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22403 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22404 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22406 \(fn)" nil nil)
22408 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22409 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22411 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22412 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22414 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22415 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22416 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22417 \\ref macro.
22419 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22420 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22421 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22423 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22424 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22425 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22427 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22428 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22430 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22431 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22433 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22434 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22435 on the menu bar.
22437 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22441 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22442 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22443 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22445 \(fn)" nil nil)
22447 ;;;***
22449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22450 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22453 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22454 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22455 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22456 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22457 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22458 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22460 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22462 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22464 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22465 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22466 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22467 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22468 `reftex-cite-format'.
22470 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22471 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22472 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22473 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22475 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22477 ;;;***
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22480 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22483 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22484 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22485 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22486 the current TeX document.
22488 With no argument, this command toggles
22489 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22490 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22494 ;;;***
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22497 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22500 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22501 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22502 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22504 To insert new phrases, use
22505 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22506 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22508 To index phrases use one of:
22510 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22511 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22512 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22513 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22514 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22516 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22517 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22519 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22521 Here are all local bindings.
22523 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22525 \(fn)" t nil)
22527 ;;;***
22529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22530 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22533 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22534 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22535 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22536 of master file.
22538 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22540 ;;;***
22542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22543 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22545 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22546 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22547 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22548 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22550 ;;;***
22552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22553 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22556 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22557 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22558 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22559 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22560 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22561 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22563 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22564 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22566 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22567 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22568 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22569 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22571 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22573 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22574 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22575 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22576 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22578 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22580 ;;;***
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 0
22583 ;;;;;; 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22585 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22587 ;;;***
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22590 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22592 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22594 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22595 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22596 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22597 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22599 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22601 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22603 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22604 Call `remember' in another frame.
22606 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22608 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22609 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22610 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22614 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22615 Extract diary entries from the region.
22617 \(fn)" nil nil)
22619 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22620 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22621 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22622 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22624 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22626 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22627 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22628 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22629 minor mode.
22631 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22633 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22634 Return the buffer.
22636 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22637 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22638 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22640 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22642 ;;;***
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22646 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22648 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22649 Repeat most recently executed command.
22650 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22651 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22652 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22654 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22655 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22656 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22657 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22659 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22660 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22661 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22663 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22665 ;;;***
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22668 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22671 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22672 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22674 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22675 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22676 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22677 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22678 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22679 and point is left after the salutation.
22681 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22682 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22683 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22684 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22685 left after that text.
22687 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22688 is non-nil.
22690 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22691 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22692 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22693 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22695 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22697 ;;;***
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 0
22700 ;;;;;; 0))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22703 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22704 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22705 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22706 visibility of comments that precede it.
22707 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22708 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22709 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22710 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22711 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22712 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22713 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22714 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22715 the comment lines.
22716 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22717 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22718 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22719 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22720 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22724 ;;;***
22726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22727 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22729 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22730 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22733 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22735 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22736 reveals invisible text around point.
22738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22740 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22741 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22742 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22745 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22747 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22749 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22750 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22751 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22759 ;;;***
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 0
22762 ;;;;;; 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22765 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22766 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22768 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22770 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22771 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22773 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22775 ;;;***
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22780 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22781 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22782 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22783 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22785 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22787 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22788 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22789 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22790 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22792 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22793 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22795 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22796 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22798 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22799 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22800 INPUT-ARGS.
22802 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22803 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22804 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22805 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22806 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22808 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22809 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22810 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22811 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22813 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22814 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22815 variable.
22817 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22819 ;;;***
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 0 0))
22822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22824 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22825 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22827 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22829 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22831 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22832 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22833 Its name should end with a slash.")
22835 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22836 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22838 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22839 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22840 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22842 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22844 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22845 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22846 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22847 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22848 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22849 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22850 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22852 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22853 sent by you under different user names.
22854 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22856 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22858 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22860 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22862 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22863 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22864 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22865 explicitly.")
22867 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22869 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22870 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22871 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22872 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22873 which normally happens once for each message,
22874 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22875 To make a change in this variable take effect
22876 for a message that you have already viewed,
22877 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22881 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22882 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22883 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22884 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22888 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22889 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22891 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22893 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22894 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22895 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22899 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22900 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22901 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22902 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22903 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22904 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22906 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22908 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22909 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22913 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22914 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22916 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22918 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22919 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22921 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22922 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22926 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22927 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22929 This is set to nil by default.")
22931 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22932 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22933 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22934 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22935 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22936 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22937 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22939 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22940 Read and edit incoming mail.
22941 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22942 file in RMAIL Mode.
22943 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22945 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22946 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22947 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22948 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22950 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22952 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22954 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22955 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22956 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22957 Instead, these commands are available:
22959 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22960 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22961 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22962 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22963 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22964 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22965 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22966 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22967 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22968 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22969 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22970 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22971 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22972 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22973 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22974 till a deleted message is found.
22975 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22976 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22977 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22978 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22979 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22980 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22981 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22982 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22983 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22984 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22985 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22986 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22987 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22988 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22989 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22990 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22991 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22992 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22993 (label defaults to last one specified).
22994 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22995 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22996 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22997 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22998 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22999 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23000 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23001 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23002 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23004 \(fn)" t nil)
23006 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23007 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23009 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23011 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23012 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23014 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23016 ;;;***
23018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23019 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23021 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23023 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23024 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23025 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23026 case it writes Babyl.
23028 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23029 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23030 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23031 `rmail-default-file'.
23033 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23034 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23035 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23037 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23038 the header display is currently pruned.
23040 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23041 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23042 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23043 messages after output.
23045 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23046 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23047 message (if writing a file directly).
23049 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23050 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23055 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23056 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23057 i) the header is output as currently seen
23058 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23059 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23061 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23062 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23063 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23065 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23067 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23068 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23069 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23070 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23071 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23072 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23073 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23075 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23076 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23077 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23079 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23081 ;;;***
23083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23084 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23085 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23087 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23088 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23089 Return a pattern.
23091 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23093 ;;;***
23095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23096 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23099 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23100 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23101 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23102 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23104 \(fn)" t nil)
23106 ;;;***
23108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23109 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23110 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23112 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23113 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23115 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23116 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23117 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23118 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23119 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23120 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23121 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23122 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23123 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23124 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23126 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23127 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23128 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23129 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23130 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23131 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23132 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23133 to use for finding the schema.
23135 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23137 ;;;***
23139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 0
23140 ;;;;;; 0))
23141 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23143 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23145 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23146 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23147 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23148 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23149 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23150 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23151 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23152 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23153 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23154 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23155 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23156 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23157 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23158 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23159 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23160 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23161 must be equal.
23163 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23165 ;;;***
23167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23168 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23169 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23171 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23172 Define a robin package.
23174 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23175 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23176 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23177 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23179 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23180 one replaces the old one.
23182 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23184 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23185 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23187 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23188 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23189 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23191 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23193 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23194 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23196 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23198 ;;;***
23200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23203 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23204 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23206 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23208 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23209 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23211 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23213 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23214 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23216 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23218 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23219 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23220 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23222 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23223 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23224 in ROT13.
23226 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23228 \(fn)" t nil)
23230 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23231 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23233 \(fn)" t nil)
23235 ;;;***
23237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 0 0))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23241 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23242 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23243 \\<rst-mode-map>
23245 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23246 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23247 highlighting.
23249 \\{rst-mode-map}
23251 \(fn)" t nil)
23253 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23254 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23259 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23260 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23261 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23265 ;;;***
23267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21352
23268 ;;;;;; 50356 891885 0))
23269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23270 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23272 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23273 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23275 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23281 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23283 ;;;***
23285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
23286 ;;;;;; 0))
23287 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23288 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23290 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23291 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23292 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23294 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23295 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23297 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23298 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23302 ;;;***
23304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23307 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23308 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23309 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23310 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23312 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23314 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23315 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23316 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23318 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23319 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23320 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23322 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23323 notation.
23325 STRING
23326 matches string STRING literally.
23328 CHAR
23329 matches character CHAR literally.
23331 `not-newline', `nonl'
23332 matches any character except a newline.
23334 `anything'
23335 matches any character
23337 `(any SET ...)'
23338 `(in SET ...)'
23339 `(char SET ...)'
23340 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23341 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23342 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23344 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23345 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23346 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23347 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23349 `(not (any SET ...))'
23350 matches any character not in SET ...
23352 `line-start', `bol'
23353 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23354 in the text being matched
23356 `line-end', `eol'
23357 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23359 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23360 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23361 string being matched against.
23363 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23364 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23365 string being matched against.
23367 `buffer-start'
23368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23369 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23371 `buffer-end'
23372 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23373 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23375 `point'
23376 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23378 `word-start', `bow'
23379 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23381 `word-end', `eow'
23382 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23384 `word-boundary'
23385 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23386 word.
23388 `(not word-boundary)'
23389 `not-word-boundary'
23390 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23391 word.
23393 `symbol-start'
23394 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23396 `symbol-end'
23397 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23399 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23400 matches 0 through 9.
23402 `control', `cntrl'
23403 matches ASCII control characters.
23405 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23406 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23408 `blank'
23409 matches space and tab only.
23411 `graphic', `graph'
23412 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23413 space, and DEL.
23415 `printing', `print'
23416 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23417 and DEL.
23419 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23420 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23421 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23423 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23424 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23425 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23427 `ascii'
23428 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23430 `nonascii'
23431 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23433 `lower', `lower-case'
23434 matches anything lower-case.
23436 `upper', `upper-case'
23437 matches anything upper-case.
23439 `punctuation', `punct'
23440 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23441 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23443 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23444 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23446 `word', `wordchar'
23447 matches anything that has word syntax.
23449 `not-wordchar'
23450 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23452 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23453 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23454 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23455 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23457 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23458 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23459 `word' (\\sw)
23460 `symbol' (\\s_)
23461 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23462 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23463 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23464 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23465 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23466 `escape' (\\s\\)
23467 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23468 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23469 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23470 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23471 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23473 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23474 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23476 `(category CATEGORY)'
23477 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23478 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23480 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23481 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23482 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23483 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23484 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23485 `symbol' (\\c5)
23486 `digit' (\\c6)
23487 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23488 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23489 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23490 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23491 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23492 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23493 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23494 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23495 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23496 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23497 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23498 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23499 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23500 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23501 `ascii' (\\ca)
23502 `arabic' (\\cb)
23503 `chinese' (\\cc)
23504 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23505 `greek' (\\cg)
23506 `korean' (\\ch)
23507 `indian' (\\ci)
23508 `japanese' (\\cj)
23509 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23510 `latin' (\\cl)
23511 `lao' (\\co)
23512 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23513 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23514 `thai' (\\ct)
23515 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23516 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23517 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23518 `can-break' (\\c|)
23520 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23521 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23523 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23524 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23525 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23526 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23527 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23529 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23530 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23532 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23534 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23535 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23536 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23537 group number N.
23539 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23540 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23541 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23542 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23543 regular expression.
23545 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23546 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23547 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23548 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23549 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23551 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23552 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23554 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23555 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23557 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23558 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23559 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23561 `(* SEXP ...)'
23562 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23563 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23565 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23566 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23567 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23569 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23570 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23571 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23573 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23574 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23576 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23577 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23579 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23580 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23581 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23582 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23584 `(? SEXP ...)'
23585 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23587 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23588 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23590 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23591 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23592 matches N occurrences.
23594 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23595 matches N or more occurrences.
23597 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23598 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23599 matches N to M occurrences.
23601 `(backref N)'
23602 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23604 `(eval FORM)'
23605 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23606 `regexp-quote' it.
23608 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23609 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23611 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23613 ;;;***
23615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23616 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23617 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23618 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23620 ;;;***
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23624 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23626 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23627 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23628 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23631 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23633 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23635 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23636 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23638 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23639 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23641 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23642 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23643 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23644 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23646 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23647 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23648 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23652 ;;;***
23654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 35662
23655 ;;;;;; 356409 0))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23658 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23659 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23660 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23662 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23663 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23664 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23665 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23666 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23667 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23668 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23669 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23671 Commands:
23672 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23673 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23674 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23676 \(fn)" t nil)
23678 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23679 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23680 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23682 Commands:
23683 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23684 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23685 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23686 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23687 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23688 that variable's value is a string.
23690 \(fn)" t nil)
23692 ;;;***
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23695 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23698 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23699 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23700 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23702 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23704 \(fn)" t nil)
23706 ;;;***
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 0
23709 ;;;;;; 0))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23712 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23713 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23714 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23716 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23717 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23719 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23721 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23722 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23724 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23725 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23727 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23728 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23732 ;;;***
23734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23735 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23736 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23738 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23739 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23741 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23742 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23743 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23744 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23745 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23749 ;;;***
23751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23752 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23753 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23754 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23756 ;;;***
23758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23759 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23761 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23763 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23764 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23765 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23767 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23768 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23769 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23770 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23771 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23772 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23773 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23774 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23775 keybinding for tag names.
23776 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23777 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23778 of the symbol under point.
23779 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23780 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23781 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23782 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23783 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23784 syntax tokens.
23785 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23787 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23789 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23790 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23791 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23794 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23796 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23798 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23799 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23802 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23804 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23805 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23806 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23807 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23808 Semantic mode.
23810 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23814 ;;;***
23816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23817 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23820 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23821 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23823 \(fn)" t nil)
23825 ;;;***
23827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23828 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23831 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23832 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23834 \(fn)" t nil)
23836 ;;;***
23838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23839 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23842 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23843 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23845 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23846 king@grassland.com
23847 If `parens', they look like:
23848 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23849 If `angles', they look like:
23850 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23852 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23853 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23855 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23857 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23858 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23859 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23860 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23862 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23863 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23864 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23865 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23869 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23870 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23871 This is done when the message is initialized,
23872 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23874 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23876 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23877 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23878 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23880 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23882 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23883 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23884 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23885 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23886 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23887 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23888 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23890 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23893 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23897 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23898 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23899 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23900 be a Babyl file.")
23902 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23904 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23905 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23906 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23907 when you first send mail.")
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23911 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23912 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23913 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23914 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23915 This file need not actually exist.")
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23919 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23920 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23922 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23924 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23925 Alist of mail address aliases,
23926 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23927 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23928 can specify a different file name.)
23929 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23930 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23932 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23933 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23934 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23938 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23939 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23940 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23942 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23944 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23945 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23946 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23947 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23948 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23949 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23950 in the cited portion of the message.
23952 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23953 instead of no action.")
23955 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23957 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23958 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23959 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23960 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23961 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23965 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23966 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23967 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23968 If a string, that string is inserted.
23969 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23970 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23971 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23972 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23976 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23977 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23981 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23982 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23983 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23985 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23986 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23990 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23991 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23992 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23993 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23997 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23998 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23999 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24001 \(fn)" nil nil)
24003 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24005 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24010 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24011 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24012 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24014 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24015 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24017 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24018 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24019 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24020 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24021 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24022 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24023 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24024 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24025 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24026 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24027 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24028 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24029 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24030 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24032 \(fn)" t nil)
24034 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24035 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24036 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24037 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24041 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24042 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24043 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24044 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24045 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24046 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24048 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24049 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24050 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24052 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24053 User should not set this variable manually,
24054 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24055 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24056 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24058 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24059 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24060 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24061 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24063 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24064 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24066 \\<mail-mode-map>
24067 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24069 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24070 to move to message header fields:
24071 \\{mail-mode-map}
24073 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24074 when the message is initialized.
24076 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24077 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24079 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24080 is inserted.
24082 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24083 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24085 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24086 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24087 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24088 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24089 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24090 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24091 buffer without erasing the contents.
24093 The second through fifth arguments,
24094 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24095 the initial contents of those header fields.
24096 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24097 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24098 original message being replied to, or else an action
24099 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24100 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24101 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24102 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24103 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24104 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24106 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24108 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24109 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24111 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24113 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24114 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24116 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24118 ;;;***
24120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24121 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24123 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24125 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24127 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24129 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24130 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24131 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24132 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24133 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24134 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24136 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24137 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24139 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24140 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24141 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24143 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24144 \\[server-start].
24146 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24148 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24149 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24150 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24151 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24153 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24155 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24156 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24157 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24160 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24162 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24164 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24165 Toggle Server mode.
24166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24167 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24168 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24170 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24171 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24172 `server-start' for details.
24174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24176 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24177 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24178 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24180 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24181 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24183 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24185 ;;;***
24187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24188 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24190 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24191 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24193 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24194 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24195 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24196 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24197 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24199 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24200 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24201 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24202 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24203 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24204 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24206 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24207 displayed.
24209 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24210 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24211 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24213 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24214 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24216 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24217 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24219 \\{ses-mode-map}
24220 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24221 part):
24222 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24223 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24224 formula:
24225 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24227 \(fn)" t nil)
24229 ;;;***
24231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24232 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24235 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24236 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24237 Makes > match <.
24238 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24239 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24241 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24242 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24243 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24245 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24246 in your init file.
24248 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24250 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24251 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24252 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24254 \(fn)" t nil)
24256 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24257 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24258 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24259 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24260 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24261 which this is based.
24263 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24265 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24266 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24267 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24268 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24270 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24271 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24272 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24274 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24275 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24276 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24277 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24279 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24280 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24281 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24282 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24284 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24286 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24287 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24288 To work around that, do:
24289 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24291 \\{html-mode-map}
24293 \(fn)" t nil)
24295 ;;;***
24297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21346
24298 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
24299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24300 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24301 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24303 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24304 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24305 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24306 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24307 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24308 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24310 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24311 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24312 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24313 shell-specific features.
24315 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24316 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24317 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24318 \\<sh-mode-map>
24319 \\[sh-case] case statement
24320 \\[sh-for] for loop
24321 \\[sh-function] function definition
24322 \\[sh-if] if statement
24323 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24324 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24325 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24326 \\[sh-select] select loop
24327 \\[sh-until] until loop
24328 \\[sh-while] while loop
24330 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24331 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24332 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24333 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24334 would indent to the way it currently is.
24335 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24336 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24339 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24340 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24341 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24342 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24343 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24344 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24346 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24347 unquoted < insert a here document.
24349 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24350 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24351 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24353 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24354 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24356 \(fn)" t nil)
24358 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24360 ;;;***
24362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24363 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24366 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24367 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24369 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24370 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24371 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24373 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24374 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24375 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24376 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24377 the earlier.
24379 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24381 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24383 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24384 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24385 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24387 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24388 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24390 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24391 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24392 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24393 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24394 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24395 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24396 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24397 Emacs version).
24399 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24400 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24401 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24402 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24403 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24405 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24406 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24408 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24410 ;;;***
24412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 0
24413 ;;;;;; 0))
24414 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24416 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24417 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24418 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24419 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24420 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24421 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24422 sites in the cluster.
24424 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24426 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24427 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24428 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24429 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24430 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24434 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24435 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24436 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24437 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24438 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24439 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24440 `shadow-define-cluster').
24442 \(fn)" t nil)
24444 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24445 Set up file shadowing.
24447 \(fn)" t nil)
24449 ;;;***
24451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 0 0))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24454 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24455 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24456 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24457 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24458 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24459 arguments.")
24461 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24463 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24464 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24465 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24466 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24467 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24469 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24470 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24471 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24472 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24473 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24474 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24475 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24476 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24477 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24478 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24479 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24481 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24482 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24483 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24484 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24485 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24486 `default-process-coding-system'.
24488 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24489 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24490 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24491 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24497 ;;;***
24499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24502 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24503 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24505 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24507 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24508 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24509 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24510 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24512 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24514 ;;;***
24516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24519 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24522 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24524 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24527 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24529 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24532 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24534 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24537 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24539 ;;;***
24541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24542 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24545 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24546 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24547 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24548 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24549 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24551 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24553 \(fn)" t nil)
24555 ;;;***
24557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24558 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24561 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24562 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24563 \\{simula-mode-map}
24564 Variables controlling indentation style:
24565 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24566 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24567 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24568 `simula-indent-level'
24569 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24570 `simula-substatement-offset'
24571 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24572 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24573 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24574 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24575 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24576 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24577 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24578 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24579 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24580 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24581 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24582 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24583 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24584 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24585 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24586 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24587 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24588 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24589 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24590 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24591 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24592 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24593 or nil if they should not be changed.
24594 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24595 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24596 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24597 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24599 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24600 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24602 \(fn)" t nil)
24604 ;;;***
24606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24607 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24609 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24610 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24612 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24613 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24614 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24615 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24617 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24619 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24621 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24622 Insert SKELETON.
24623 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24624 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24625 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24626 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24627 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24629 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24630 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24632 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24634 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24635 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24637 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24638 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24639 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24640 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24642 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24643 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24644 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24645 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24647 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24648 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24649 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24651 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24652 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24654 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24655 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24657 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24658 _ interesting point, interregion here
24659 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24660 interesting point set by _
24661 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24662 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24663 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24664 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24665 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24666 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24667 nil skipped
24669 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24670 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24672 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24673 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24674 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24675 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24676 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24677 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24678 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24679 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24681 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24682 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24683 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24684 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24685 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24686 available:
24688 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24689 then: insert previously read string once more
24690 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24691 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24692 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24694 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24695 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24697 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24699 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24700 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24702 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24703 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24704 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24705 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24706 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24707 such as backslash.
24709 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24710 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24711 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24715 ;;;***
24717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24718 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24721 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24722 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24723 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24724 buffer names.
24726 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24728 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24729 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24733 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24737 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24738 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24739 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24741 \(fn)" t nil)
24743 ;;;***
24745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24748 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24749 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24750 A list of images is returned.
24752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24754 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24755 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24756 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24758 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24760 ;;;***
24762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24763 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24766 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24769 \(fn)" nil nil)
24771 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24772 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24774 \(fn)" t nil)
24776 ;;;***
24778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24781 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24782 Play the Snake game.
24783 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24785 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24787 Snake mode keybindings:
24788 \\<snake-mode-map>
24789 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24790 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24791 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24792 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24793 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24794 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24795 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24797 \(fn)" t nil)
24799 ;;;***
24801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24802 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24803 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24805 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24806 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24807 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24808 Tab indents for C code.
24809 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24810 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24811 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24812 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24813 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24815 \(fn)" t nil)
24817 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24818 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24819 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24820 Tab indents for C code.
24821 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24822 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24823 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24824 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24825 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24829 ;;;***
24831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 0
24832 ;;;;;; 0))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24835 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24836 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24837 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24838 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24839 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24841 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24845 ;;;***
24847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24848 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24851 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24852 Play Solitaire.
24854 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24855 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24856 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24857 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24858 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24859 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24860 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24861 check after each move or undo.)
24863 What is Solitaire?
24865 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24866 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24867 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24869 Le Solitaire
24870 ============
24872 o o o
24874 o o o
24876 o o o o o o o
24878 o o o . o o o
24880 o o o o o o o
24882 o o o
24884 o o o
24886 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24887 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24888 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24889 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24891 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24892 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24893 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24894 this: o o .
24896 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24897 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24899 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24901 o o o
24903 . o o
24905 o o . o o o o
24907 o . o o o o o
24909 o o o o o o o
24911 o o o
24913 o o o
24915 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24917 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24921 ;;;***
24923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24924 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24925 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24927 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24928 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24930 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24931 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24932 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24933 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24934 contiguous.
24936 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24937 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24939 the sort order.
24941 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24942 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24944 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24945 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24946 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24947 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24948 is called.
24950 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24951 It should move point to the end of the record.
24953 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24954 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24955 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24956 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24957 starts at the beginning of the record.
24959 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24960 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24961 same as ENDRECFUN.
24963 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24964 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24965 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24966 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24967 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24968 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24969 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24971 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24973 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24974 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24975 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24976 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24977 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24978 the sort order.
24980 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24982 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24983 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24984 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24985 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24986 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24987 the sort order.
24989 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24991 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24992 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24993 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24994 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24995 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24996 the sort order.
24998 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24999 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25001 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25002 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25003 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25004 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25005 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25006 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25007 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25008 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25009 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25011 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25014 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25015 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25016 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25017 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25018 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25019 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25020 the sort order.
25022 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25024 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25025 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25026 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25027 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25029 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25030 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25032 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25033 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25034 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25035 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25036 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25037 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25038 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25039 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25041 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25043 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25044 the sort order.
25046 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25047 starting with the letter \"f\",
25048 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25050 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25052 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25053 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25054 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25055 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25056 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25057 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 the sort order.
25061 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25062 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25063 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25064 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25065 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25067 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25069 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25070 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25071 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25075 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25076 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25077 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25078 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25079 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25080 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25081 each repeated line.
25083 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25084 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25085 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25086 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25088 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25089 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25091 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25092 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25094 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25096 ;;;***
25098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25101 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25102 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25103 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25104 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25105 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25106 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25108 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25110 ;;;***
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25113 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25116 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25117 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25119 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25120 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25121 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25123 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25125 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25126 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25127 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25128 server.
25130 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25132 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25133 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25134 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25136 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25138 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25139 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25140 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25141 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25142 Agent is plugged.
25144 \(fn)" t nil)
25146 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25147 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25148 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25149 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25151 \(fn)" t nil)
25153 ;;;***
25155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25158 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25160 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25161 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25162 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25163 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25164 supported at a time.
25165 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25166 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25171 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25172 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25173 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25177 ;;;***
25179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25182 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25183 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25188 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25190 \(fn)" nil nil)
25192 ;;;***
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25196 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25198 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25199 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25201 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25202 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25203 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25204 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25205 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25206 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25207 of the current highlighting list.
25209 For example:
25211 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25212 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25214 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25215 `_t' as data types.
25217 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25219 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25220 Major mode to edit SQL.
25222 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25223 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25224 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25226 \\{sql-mode-map}
25227 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25229 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25230 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25231 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25232 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25233 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25234 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25236 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25237 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25239 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25240 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25241 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25243 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25244 (lambda ()
25245 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25250 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25252 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25253 their settings.
25255 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25256 is specified in the connection settings.
25258 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25260 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25261 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25263 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25264 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25266 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25267 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25268 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25269 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25273 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25275 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25276 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25278 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25279 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25280 `*SQL*'.
25282 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25283 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25284 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25285 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25287 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25288 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25290 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25291 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25292 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25293 buffer.
25295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25297 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25300 `default-process-coding-system'.
25302 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25304 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25306 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25307 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25309 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25310 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25311 `*SQL*'.
25313 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25314 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25315 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25316 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25318 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25319 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25321 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25322 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25323 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25324 buffer.
25326 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25327 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25329 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25330 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25331 `default-process-coding-system'.
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25337 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25338 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25340 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25341 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25342 `*SQL*'.
25344 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25345 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25347 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25350 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25351 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25352 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25353 buffer.
25355 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25356 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25358 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25359 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25360 `default-process-coding-system'.
25362 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25366 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25367 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25369 SQLite is free software.
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25373 `*SQL*'.
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25376 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25377 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25378 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25380 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25383 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25384 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25385 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25386 buffer.
25388 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25389 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25390 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25391 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25392 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25393 `default-process-coding-system'.
25395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25397 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25399 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25400 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25402 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25404 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25405 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25406 `*SQL*'.
25408 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25409 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25410 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25411 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25413 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25414 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25416 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25417 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25418 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25419 buffer.
25421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25426 `default-process-coding-system'.
25428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25432 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25433 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25435 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25436 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25437 `*SQL*'.
25439 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25440 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25441 defaults, if set.
25443 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25444 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25446 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25447 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25448 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25449 buffer.
25451 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25452 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25454 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25455 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25456 `default-process-coding-system'.
25458 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25462 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25463 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25465 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25466 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25467 `*SQL*'.
25469 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25470 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25472 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25473 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25475 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25476 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25477 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25478 buffer.
25480 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25481 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25483 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25484 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25485 `default-process-coding-system'.
25487 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25489 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25491 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25492 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25496 `*SQL*'.
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25499 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25500 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25501 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25503 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25504 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25506 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25507 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25508 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25509 buffer.
25511 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25512 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25514 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25515 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25516 `default-process-coding-system'.
25518 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25520 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25522 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25523 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25525 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25526 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25527 `*SQL*'.
25529 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25530 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25531 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25532 `sql-postgres-options'.
25534 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25535 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25537 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25538 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25539 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25540 buffer.
25542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25543 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25544 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25545 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25547 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25548 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25549 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25551 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25552 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25558 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25559 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25561 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25562 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25563 `*SQL*'.
25565 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25566 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25567 defaults, if set.
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'.
25584 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25586 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25588 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25589 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25591 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25592 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25593 `*SQL*'.
25595 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25596 automatic login.
25598 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25599 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25601 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25602 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25603 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25604 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25606 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25607 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25608 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25609 buffer.
25611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25616 `default-process-coding-system'.
25618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25622 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25623 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25625 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25626 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25627 `*SQL*'.
25629 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25630 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25631 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25632 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25633 parameters.
25635 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25636 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25637 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25638 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25639 an empty password.
25641 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25653 ;;;***
25655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 0
25656 ;;;;;; 0))
25657 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25658 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25660 ;;;***
25662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25663 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
25664 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25666 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25667 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25669 \(fn)" t nil)
25671 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25673 ;;;***
25675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25679 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25680 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25681 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25682 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25683 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25684 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25685 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25686 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25687 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25688 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25689 with any buffer
25690 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25691 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25692 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25693 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25695 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25697 ;;;***
25699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25700 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25702 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25703 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25704 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25705 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25706 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25707 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25709 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25711 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25713 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25714 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25715 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25716 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25717 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25718 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25719 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25721 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25723 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25724 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25725 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25726 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25727 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25728 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25729 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25731 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25733 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25734 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25735 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25737 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25740 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25741 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25743 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25745 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25746 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25748 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25750 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25751 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25755 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25756 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25758 \(fn)" t nil)
25760 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25761 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25762 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25763 by command name.
25764 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25766 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25768 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25769 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25770 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25773 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25775 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25777 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25778 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25781 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25783 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25784 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25785 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25786 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25787 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25789 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25790 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25791 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25792 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25794 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25799 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25800 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25801 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25803 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25805 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25806 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25808 \(fn)" t nil)
25810 ;;;***
25812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25815 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25816 Studlify-case the region.
25818 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25820 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25821 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25823 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25826 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25830 ;;;***
25832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25833 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25836 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25837 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25842 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25843 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25844 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25845 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25847 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25848 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25849 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25851 Nomenclature Subwords
25852 ===========================================================
25853 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25854 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25855 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25857 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25858 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25859 as words.
25861 \\{subword-mode-map}
25863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25865 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25866 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25867 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25870 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25872 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25874 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25875 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25876 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25877 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25878 ARG is omitted or nil.
25880 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25881 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25882 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25886 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25887 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25892 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25893 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25894 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25896 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25897 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25898 edit them as words.
25900 \\{superword-mode-map}
25902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25904 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25905 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25906 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25909 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25911 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25913 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25914 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25915 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25916 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25917 ARG is omitted or nil.
25919 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25920 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25921 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925 ;;;***
25927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
25928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25931 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25932 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25933 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25934 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25935 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25936 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25937 original message but it does require a few things:
25939 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25941 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25942 reply buffer.
25944 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25945 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25946 original message.
25948 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25950 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25952 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25953 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25954 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25956 \(fn)" nil nil)
25958 ;;;***
25960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25963 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25965 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25966 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25967 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25970 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25972 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25974 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25975 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25977 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25978 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25980 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25981 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25982 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25986 ;;;***
25988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25989 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25991 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25992 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25993 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25994 buffer.
25996 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25997 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25998 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26000 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26002 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26003 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26004 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26005 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26006 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26007 buffer.
26009 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26010 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26011 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26013 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26015 ;;;***
26017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 0
26018 ;;;;;; 0))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26021 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26022 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26023 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26025 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26027 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26028 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26030 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26032 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26033 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26035 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26037 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26038 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26040 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26042 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26043 Insert an editable text table.
26044 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26045 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26046 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26047 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26048 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26049 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26050 delimiting them.
26052 Examples:
26054 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26056 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26057 location of point.
26061 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26062 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26063 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26064 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26065 first cell.
26067 +-----+-----+-----+
26068 |-!- | | |
26069 +-----+-----+-----+
26071 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26073 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26074 width, which results as
26076 +--------------+-----+-----+
26077 |-!- | | |
26078 +--------------+-----+-----+
26080 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26081 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26083 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26084 | | |-!- |
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26088 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26089 width information to `table-insert'.
26091 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26093 instead of
26095 Cell width(s): 5
26097 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26098 work all together.
26100 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26101 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26104 |-!- | | |
26105 | | | |
26106 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111 |-!- | | |
26112 | | | |
26113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26114 | | | |
26115 | | | |
26116 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26118 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26121 | | | |
26122 | | | |
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26124 | | | |
26125 | | | |
26126 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26129 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26130 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26131 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26133 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26134 | | | |
26135 | | | |
26136 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26137 | | | |
26138 | | | |
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140 |-!- | | |
26141 | | | |
26142 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26144 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26145 results.
26147 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26148 | | | |
26149 | | | |
26150 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26151 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26152 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26153 | | |expected results.-!- |
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26155 | | | |
26156 | | | |
26157 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26161 \\{table-cell-map}
26163 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26165 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26166 Insert N table row(s).
26167 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26168 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26169 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26170 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26172 \(fn N)" t nil)
26174 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26175 Insert N table column(s).
26176 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26177 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26178 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26179 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26181 \(fn N)" t nil)
26183 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26184 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26185 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26187 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26189 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26190 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26191 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26192 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26193 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26194 all the table specific features.
26196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26201 \(fn)" t nil)
26203 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26204 Recognize all tables within region.
26205 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26206 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26207 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26208 specific features.
26210 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26212 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26215 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26217 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26218 Recognize a table at point.
26219 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26220 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26221 the table specific features.
26223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26225 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26228 \(fn)" t nil)
26230 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26231 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26232 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26233 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26234 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26235 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26236 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26238 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26240 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26243 \(fn)" t nil)
26245 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26246 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26247 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26248 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26249 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26250 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26251 specified.
26253 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26255 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26256 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26257 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26258 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26259 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26260 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26261 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26262 table structure.
26264 \(fn N)" t nil)
26266 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26267 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26268 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26269 table's rectangle structure.
26271 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26273 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26274 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26275 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26276 table's rectangle structure.
26278 \(fn N)" t nil)
26280 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26281 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26282 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26283 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26284 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26286 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26288 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26289 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26290 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26292 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26293 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26294 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26295 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26296 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26297 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26298 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26300 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26301 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26302 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26303 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26304 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26305 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26306 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26308 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26309 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26310 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26311 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26312 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26313 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26314 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26315 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26317 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26319 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26320 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26321 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26322 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26327 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26328 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26330 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26332 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26333 Split current cell vertically.
26334 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26336 \(fn)" t nil)
26338 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26339 Split current cell horizontally.
26340 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26342 \(fn)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26345 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26346 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26348 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26350 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26351 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26352 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26353 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26355 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26358 Justify cell contents.
26359 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26360 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26361 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26362 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26364 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26367 Justify cells of a row.
26368 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26369 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26371 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26374 Justify cells of a column.
26375 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26376 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26378 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26380 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26381 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26382 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26383 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26384 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26385 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26386 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26387 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26388 run-time.
26390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26393 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26394 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26395 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26396 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26397 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26398 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26399 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26400 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26401 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26402 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26404 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26406 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26407 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26408 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26409 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26410 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26411 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26412 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26413 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26414 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26415 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26416 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26417 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26418 untouched.
26420 References used for this implementation:
26422 HTML:
26423 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26425 LaTeX:
26426 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26428 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26429 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26430 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26432 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26434 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26435 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26436 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26437 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26438 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26439 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26440 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26441 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26442 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26443 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26444 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26445 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26446 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26447 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26448 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26449 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26450 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26452 Example:
26454 (progn
26455 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26456 (table-forward-cell 15)
26457 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26458 (table-forward-cell 16)
26459 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26460 (table-forward-cell 1)
26461 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26463 (progn
26464 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26465 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26466 (table-forward-cell 1)
26467 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26469 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26471 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26472 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26473 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26474 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26475 consists from cells of same height.
26477 \(fn N)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26480 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26481 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26482 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26483 column must consists from cells of same width.
26485 \(fn N)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26488 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26489 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26490 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26491 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26492 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26493 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26494 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26495 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26496 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26497 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26498 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26499 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26500 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26501 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26504 Example 1:
26506 1, 2, 3, 4
26507 5, 6, 7, 8
26508 , 9, 10
26510 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26511 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26512 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26513 specified as 5.
26515 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26516 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26517 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26518 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26519 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26520 | | 9 | 10 | |
26521 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26523 Note:
26525 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26526 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26527 of each row is optional.
26530 Example 2:
26532 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26533 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26534 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26535 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26536 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26538 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26539 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26541 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26542 expression and raw delimiter regular
26543 expression, it parses the specified text
26544 area and extracts cell items from
26545 non-table text and then forms a table out
26546 of them.
26548 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26549 creates a single cell table. The text in
26550 the specified region is placed in that
26551 cell.-*-
26553 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26554 like this.
26556 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26557 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26558 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26560 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26561 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26562 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26563 | area and extracts cell items from |
26564 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26565 | of them. |
26567 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26568 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26569 | the specified region is placed in that |
26570 | cell. |
26571 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26573 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26574 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26575 independently.
26577 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26578 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26579 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26580 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26581 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26582 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26583 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26584 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26585 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26586 | |of them. |
26587 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26588 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26589 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26590 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26591 | |cell. |
26592 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26594 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26595 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26596 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26598 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26600 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26601 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26602 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26603 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26604 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26606 \(fn)" t nil)
26608 ;;;***
26610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26613 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26614 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26616 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26618 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26619 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26621 \(fn)" t nil)
26623 ;;;***
26625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26626 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26628 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26629 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26630 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26631 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26632 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26633 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26634 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26636 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26637 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26638 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26639 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26641 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26642 \\{tar-mode-map}
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26646 ;;;***
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26651 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26652 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26653 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26654 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26655 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26658 Variables controlling indentation style:
26659 `tcl-indent-level'
26660 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26661 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26662 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26664 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26665 documentation for details):
26666 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26667 Controls action of TAB key.
26668 `tcl-auto-newline'
26669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26670 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26671 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26672 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26673 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26675 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26676 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26677 already exist.
26679 \(fn)" t nil)
26681 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26682 Run inferior Tcl process.
26683 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26684 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26686 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26688 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26689 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26690 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26692 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26694 ;;;***
26696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26699 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26700 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26701 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26702 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26704 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26705 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26706 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26707 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26708 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26710 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26712 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26713 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26714 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26715 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26717 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26719 ;;;***
26721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26724 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26725 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26726 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26727 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26728 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26729 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26731 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26733 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26734 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26735 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26736 commands to use in that buffer.
26738 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26740 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26742 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26743 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26745 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26747 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26748 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26749 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26750 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26751 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26752 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26753 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26754 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26755 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26756 use in that buffer.
26757 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26759 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26761 ;;;***
26763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26764 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
26765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26767 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26768 Start coverage on function under point.
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26772 ;;;***
26774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26776 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26778 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26779 Play the Tetris game.
26780 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26781 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26782 as to form complete rows.
26784 tetris-mode keybindings:
26785 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26786 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26787 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26788 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26789 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26790 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26791 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26792 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26793 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26795 \(fn)" t nil)
26797 ;;;***
26799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 53104
26800 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26803 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26804 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26806 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26808 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26809 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26810 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26811 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26812 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26814 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26816 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26817 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26818 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26819 if it matches the first line of the file,
26820 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26822 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26824 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26825 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26826 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26827 if the variable is non-nil.")
26829 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26831 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26832 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26836 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26837 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26838 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26839 See the documentation of that variable.")
26841 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26843 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26844 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26845 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26846 See the documentation of that variable.")
26848 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26850 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26851 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26852 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26853 See the documentation of that variable.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26858 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26859 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26860 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26861 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26863 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26865 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26866 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26867 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26868 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26870 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26872 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26873 User defined LaTeX block names.
26874 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26876 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26878 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26879 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26886 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26887 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26888 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26890 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26892 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26893 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26894 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26895 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26897 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26898 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26899 for example,
26901 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26902 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26904 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26905 use.")
26907 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26909 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26910 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26911 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26912 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26913 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26915 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26917 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26919 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26920 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26921 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26923 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26925 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26926 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26927 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26928 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26929 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26931 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26933 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26934 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26938 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26939 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26943 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26944 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26945 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26946 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26947 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26948 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26949 says which mode to use.
26951 \(fn)" t nil)
26953 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26955 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26957 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26959 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26960 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26961 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26962 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26963 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26965 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26966 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26967 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26968 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26969 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26970 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26971 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26973 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26974 mismatched $'s or braces.
26976 Special commands:
26977 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26979 Mode variables:
26980 tex-run-command
26981 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26982 tex-directory
26983 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26984 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26985 tex-dvi-print-command
26986 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26987 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26988 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26989 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26990 tex-dvi-view-command
26991 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26992 tex-show-queue-command
26993 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26994 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26996 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26997 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26998 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27000 \(fn)" t nil)
27002 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27003 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27004 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27005 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27006 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27008 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27009 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27010 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27011 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27012 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27013 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27014 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27016 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27017 mismatched $'s or braces.
27019 Special commands:
27020 \\{latex-mode-map}
27022 Mode variables:
27023 latex-run-command
27024 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27025 tex-directory
27026 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27027 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27028 tex-dvi-print-command
27029 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27030 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27031 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27032 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27033 tex-dvi-view-command
27034 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27035 tex-show-queue-command
27036 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27037 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27039 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27040 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27041 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27043 \(fn)" t nil)
27045 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27046 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27047 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27048 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27049 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27051 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27052 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27053 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27054 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27055 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27056 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27057 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27059 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27060 mismatched $'s or braces.
27062 Special commands:
27063 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27065 Mode variables:
27066 slitex-run-command
27067 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27068 tex-directory
27069 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27070 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27071 tex-dvi-print-command
27072 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27073 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27074 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27075 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27076 tex-dvi-view-command
27077 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27078 tex-show-queue-command
27079 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27080 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27082 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27083 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27084 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27085 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27087 \(fn)" t nil)
27089 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27092 \(fn)" nil nil)
27094 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27095 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27099 ;;;***
27101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27102 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27105 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27106 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27107 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27108 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27110 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27111 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27112 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27114 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27116 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27117 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27118 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27119 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27120 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27122 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27124 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27125 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27126 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27127 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27129 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27130 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27131 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27132 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27134 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27135 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27137 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27139 ;;;***
27141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 53104
27142 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27145 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27146 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27148 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27150 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27151 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27153 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27155 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27156 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27158 It has these extra commands:
27159 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27161 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27162 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27163 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27164 modified version of TeX input format.
27166 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27167 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27168 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27169 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27171 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27172 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27173 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27174 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27175 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27176 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27177 in the Texinfo file.
27179 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27180 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27181 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27182 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27183 move forward past the closing brace.
27185 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27186 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27188 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27189 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27190 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27192 Here are the functions:
27194 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27195 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27196 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27198 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27199 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27200 texinfo-master-menu
27202 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27204 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27205 which menu descriptions are indented.
27207 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27208 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27209 in the region.
27211 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27212 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27213 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27214 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27216 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27217 be the first node in the file.
27219 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27220 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27222 \(fn)" t nil)
27224 ;;;***
27226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27227 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27228 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27230 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27231 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27232 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27233 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27235 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27237 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27238 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27240 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27242 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27243 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27245 \(fn)" t nil)
27247 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27250 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27252 ;;;***
27254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27257 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27258 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27259 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27260 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27261 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27262 `line', and `page'.
27264 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27266 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27267 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27268 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27269 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27270 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27271 `line', and `page'.
27273 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27274 valid THING.
27276 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27277 positions of the thing found.
27279 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27281 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27282 Return the THING at point.
27283 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27284 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27285 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27286 `line', `number', and `page'.
27288 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27289 strip text properties from the return value.
27291 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27292 a symbol as a valid THING.
27294 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27296 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27297 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27299 \(fn)" nil nil)
27301 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27302 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27304 \(fn)" nil nil)
27306 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27307 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27309 \(fn)" nil nil)
27311 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27312 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27314 \(fn)" nil nil)
27316 ;;;***
27318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27319 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27321 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27322 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27324 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27326 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27327 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27328 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27329 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27331 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27333 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27334 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27336 \(fn)" t nil)
27338 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27339 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27341 \(fn)" t nil)
27343 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27345 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27346 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27348 \(fn)" t nil)
27350 ;;;***
27352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27353 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27354 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27356 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27357 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27358 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27360 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27363 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27365 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27368 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27369 The returned string has no composition information.
27371 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27373 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27374 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27376 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27378 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27379 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27381 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27383 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27384 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27385 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27386 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27390 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27391 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27392 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27393 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27395 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27397 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27398 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27399 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27401 \(fn)" t nil)
27403 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27404 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27405 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27407 \(fn)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27412 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27417 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27419 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27422 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27424 ;;;***
27426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27427 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27429 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27431 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27432 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27433 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27434 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27435 parameters.
27436 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27438 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27440 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27441 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27442 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27443 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27444 parameters.
27445 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27447 \(fn)" t nil)
27449 ;;;***
27451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27452 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27454 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27455 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27457 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27458 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27460 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27461 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27462 This display updates automatically every minute.
27463 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27464 are displayed as well.
27465 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27467 \(fn)" t nil)
27469 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27470 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27471 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27474 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27476 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27478 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27479 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27481 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27482 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27484 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27485 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27486 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27487 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27488 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27492 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27493 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27494 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27495 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27497 \(fn)" t nil)
27499 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27500 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27501 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27502 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27504 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27506 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27507 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27511 ;;;***
27513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27514 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27517 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27518 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27519 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27521 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27522 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27523 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27524 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27525 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27526 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27528 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27529 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27531 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27533 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27534 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27536 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27538 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27539 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27541 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27543 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27544 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27545 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27547 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27549 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27551 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27552 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27553 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27555 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27557 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27558 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27560 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27562 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27563 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27564 DATE should be a date-time string.
27566 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27568 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27569 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27570 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27572 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27575 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27577 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27580 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27582 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27584 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27585 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27586 TIME should be a time value.
27587 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27589 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27591 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27592 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27593 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27595 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27597 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27598 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27599 The valid format specifiers are:
27600 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27601 %d is the number of days.
27602 %h is the number of hours.
27603 %m is the number of minutes.
27604 %s is the number of seconds.
27605 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27606 %% is a literal \"%\".
27608 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27609 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27611 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27612 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27613 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27615 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27616 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27617 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27619 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27621 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27623 ;;;***
27625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 0
27626 ;;;;;; 0))
27627 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27628 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27629 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27630 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27631 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27632 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27633 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27634 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27635 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27637 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27638 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27639 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27640 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27641 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27642 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27643 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27644 look like one of the following:
27645 Time-stamp: <>
27646 Time-stamp: \" \"
27647 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27648 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27649 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27650 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27651 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27652 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27653 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27654 the template.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27659 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27660 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27664 ;;;***
27666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27667 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27669 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27671 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27672 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27673 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27675 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27676 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27678 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27680 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27681 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27682 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27683 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27684 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27685 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27686 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27687 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27688 display (non-nil means on).
27690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27692 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27693 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27694 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27695 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27696 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27697 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27698 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27699 this function is called within a day.
27701 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27702 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27703 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27704 discover the name of the project.
27706 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27708 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27709 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27710 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27711 begun during the last time segment.
27713 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27714 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27715 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27716 discover the reason.
27718 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27720 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27721 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27722 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27723 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27724 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27726 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27729 Change to working on a different project.
27730 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27731 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27732 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27733 working on.
27735 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27737 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27738 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27739 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27741 \(fn)" nil nil)
27743 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27744 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27745 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27747 \(fn)" t nil)
27749 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27750 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27751 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27752 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27753 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27754 \"relative to today\".
27756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27758 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27759 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27760 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27761 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27763 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27765 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27766 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27767 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27768 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27769 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27770 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27772 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27774 ;;;***
27776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27777 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
27778 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27780 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27781 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27782 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27783 the generated Quail package is saved.
27785 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27787 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27788 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27789 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27790 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27791 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27792 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27793 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27795 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27797 ;;;***
27799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27800 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27801 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27802 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27804 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27805 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27806 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27807 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27808 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27810 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27811 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27812 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27814 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27816 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27817 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27818 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27819 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27820 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27822 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27824 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27825 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27826 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27827 in the menu in two ways:
27828 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27829 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27830 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27832 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27833 keymap or an alist of alists.
27834 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27835 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27837 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27839 ;;;***
27841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21375
27842 ;;;;;; 36659 236206 0))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27845 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27846 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27848 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27849 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27850 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27851 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27852 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27853 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27854 file was last visited.
27856 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27857 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27858 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27859 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27860 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27861 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27862 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27863 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27864 for the first item.
27866 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27867 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27868 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27869 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27870 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27871 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27872 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27873 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27875 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27876 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27877 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27878 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27879 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27881 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27882 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27884 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27886 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27887 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27889 \\{todo-mode-map}
27891 \(fn)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27894 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27896 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27900 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27901 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27903 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27905 \(fn)" t nil)
27907 ;;;***
27909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27912 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27913 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27914 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27918 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27919 Add an item to the tool bar.
27920 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27921 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27922 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27923 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27925 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27926 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27927 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27928 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27930 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27931 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27933 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27935 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27936 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27937 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27938 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27939 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27940 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27942 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27943 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27944 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27945 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27947 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27949 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27950 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27951 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27952 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27953 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27954 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27955 properties to add to the binding.
27957 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27959 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27960 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27962 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27964 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27965 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27966 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27967 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27968 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27969 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27970 properties to add to the binding.
27972 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27973 holds a keymap.
27975 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27977 ;;;***
27979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
27980 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27982 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27984 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27985 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27986 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27989 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27991 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27993 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27994 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
27995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
27996 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27997 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28001 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28003 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28004 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28006 \(fn)" t nil)
28008 ;;;***
28010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28011 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28014 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28015 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28017 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28018 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28019 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28020 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28021 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28023 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28024 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28025 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28026 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28027 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28029 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28030 (tpu-edt)
28032 Known Problems:
28034 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28035 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28036 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28037 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28038 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28039 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28041 \(fn)" t nil)
28043 ;;;***
28045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28048 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28049 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28050 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28051 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28052 to a tcp server on another machine.
28054 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28056 ;;;***
28058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28059 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28062 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28063 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28065 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28067 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28068 Helper function to get internal values.
28069 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28071 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28073 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28074 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28075 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28076 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28078 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28079 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28080 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28081 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28082 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28084 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28085 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28086 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28087 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28089 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28091 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28093 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28094 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28095 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28096 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28098 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28100 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28102 ;;;***
28104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28107 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28108 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28109 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28111 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28113 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28114 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28116 It can have the following values:
28118 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28119 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28121 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28123 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28124 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28125 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28126 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28128 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28130 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28131 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28132 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28133 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28135 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28136 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28137 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28138 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28139 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28140 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28141 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28142 files which are not really Tramp files.
28144 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28145 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28146 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28147 updated after changing this variable.
28149 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28151 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28152 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28153 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28154 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28156 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28158 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28159 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28160 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28161 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28163 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28164 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28165 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28167 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28168 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28169 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28170 updated after changing this variable.
28172 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28174 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28175 Alist of completion handler functions.
28176 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28177 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28178 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28180 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28181 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28182 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28183 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28185 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28186 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28187 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28189 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28190 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28192 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28193 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28195 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28197 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28200 \(fn)" nil nil)
28202 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28203 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28205 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28207 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28208 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28210 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28212 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28213 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28215 \(fn)" t nil)
28217 ;;;***
28219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28220 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28223 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28226 \(fn)" nil nil)
28228 ;;;***
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28233 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28234 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28235 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28236 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28237 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28238 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28239 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28240 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28242 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28243 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28244 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28246 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28247 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28248 resumed later.
28250 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28252 ;;;***
28254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28255 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28256 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28258 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28261 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28266 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28268 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28269 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28270 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28272 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28273 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28274 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28275 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28276 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28277 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28278 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28280 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28282 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28283 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28284 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28285 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28287 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28289 \(fn)" t nil)
28291 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28292 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28293 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28294 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28295 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28296 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28297 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28299 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28300 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28302 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28303 \\___/\\
28304 / \\
28305 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28307 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28309 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28311 ;;;***
28313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 0
28314 ;;;;;; 0))
28315 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28317 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28318 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28319 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28322 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28324 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28326 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28327 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28328 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28330 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28331 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28332 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28333 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28334 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28335 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28336 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28338 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28339 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28341 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28342 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28343 reset the keystroke counter.
28345 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28346 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28347 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28348 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28350 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28351 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28352 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28353 `type-break-schedule' command.
28355 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28356 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28357 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28358 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28359 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28360 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28361 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28362 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28363 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28365 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28366 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28367 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28368 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28369 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28371 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28372 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28373 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28374 approximate good values for this.
28376 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28377 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28379 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28380 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28381 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28382 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28383 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28384 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28386 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28387 a typing break occur. They include:
28389 `type-break-query-mode'
28390 `type-break-query-function'
28391 `type-break-query-interval'
28393 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28395 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28396 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28397 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28398 problems.
28400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28402 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28403 Take a typing break.
28405 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28406 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28408 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28409 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28411 \(fn)" t nil)
28413 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28414 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28415 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28416 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28418 \(fn)" t nil)
28420 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28421 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28423 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28424 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28425 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28426 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28427 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28428 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28429 average typing speed.)
28431 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28432 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28433 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28434 the computed maximum threshold.
28436 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28437 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28438 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28439 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28440 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28442 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28444 ;;;***
28446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28449 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28450 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28451 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28452 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28453 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28455 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28457 ;;;***
28459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28460 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28463 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28464 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28468 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28469 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28471 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28473 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28474 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28478 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28479 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28481 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28503 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28504 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28508 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28509 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28511 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28514 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28518 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28519 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28521 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28523 ;;;***
28525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28526 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28529 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28530 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28531 Works by overstriking underscores.
28532 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28533 which specify the range to operate on.
28535 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28537 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28538 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28539 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28540 which specify the range to operate on.
28542 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28544 ;;;***
28546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 0
28547 ;;;;;; 0))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28550 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28551 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28552 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28553 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28554 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28555 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28557 \(fn)" nil nil)
28559 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28560 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28561 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28563 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28565 ;;;***
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28568 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28571 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28572 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28573 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28574 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28576 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28578 ;;;***
28580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28581 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28583 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28584 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28585 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28586 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28587 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28589 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28590 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28591 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28592 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28593 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28594 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28596 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28597 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28598 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28600 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28601 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28602 the callback is not called).
28604 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28605 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28606 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28607 take effect.
28609 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28610 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28611 the server.
28612 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28613 URL-encoded before it's used.
28615 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28617 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28618 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28619 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28620 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28621 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28623 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28625 ;;;***
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 0
28628 ;;;;;; 0))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28631 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28632 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28633 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28635 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28636 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28637 `url-generic-parse-url'
28638 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28639 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28640 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28641 realm
28642 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28643 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28644 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28645 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28646 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28647 what type of auth to use
28648 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28649 if one cannot be found in the cache
28651 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28653 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28654 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28656 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28657 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28658 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28659 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28660 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28661 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28662 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28663 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28665 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28670 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28673 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28674 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28676 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28678 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28679 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28680 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28682 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28685 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28687 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28689 ;;;***
28691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28694 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28699 ;;;***
28701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28702 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28704 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28705 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28706 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28708 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28710 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28711 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28712 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28713 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28715 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28716 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28717 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28718 though.
28720 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28722 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28723 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28724 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28726 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28728 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28731 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28733 ;;;***
28735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 0
28736 ;;;;;; 0))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28739 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28740 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28742 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28744 ;;;***
28746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28749 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28750 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28752 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28754 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28755 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28756 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28757 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28758 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28760 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28762 ;;;***
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21358
28765 ;;;;;; 2749 405170 0))
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28768 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28769 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28770 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28773 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28775 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28777 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28778 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28785 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28786 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28787 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28788 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28790 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28792 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28793 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28794 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28795 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28796 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28797 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28798 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28799 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28800 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28801 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28803 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28806 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28807 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28808 accessible.
28810 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28812 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28815 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28817 ;;;***
28819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 53104 0
28820 ;;;;;; 0))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28822 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28824 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28825 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28826 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28827 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28828 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28830 ;;;***
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28833 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28835 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28840 ;;;***
28842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 0
28843 ;;;;;; 0))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28846 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28847 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28848 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28849 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28850 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854 ;;;***
28856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28857 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28860 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28863 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28865 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28866 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870 ;;;***
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 0
28873 ;;;;;; 0))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28876 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28877 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28879 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28882 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28889 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28891 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28893 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28895 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28897 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28898 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902 ;;;***
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 0
28905 ;;;;;; 0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28908 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28918 ;;;***
28920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28923 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28926 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28928 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28931 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28933 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28936 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28938 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28941 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28943 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28946 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28951 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28956 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28958 ;;;***
28960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
28961 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28964 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28965 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28967 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28970 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28971 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28973 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28974 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28975 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28976 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28977 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28978 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28979 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28980 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28981 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28982 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28983 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28984 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28985 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28986 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28988 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28989 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28990 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28992 Here is an example. The URL
28994 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28996 parses to
28998 TYPE = \"foo\"
28999 USER = \"bob\"
29000 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29001 HOST = \"example.com\"
29002 PORTSPEC = 42
29003 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29004 TARGET = \"nose\"
29005 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29006 FULLNESS = t
29008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29010 ;;;***
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29013 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29016 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29017 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29019 \(fn)" t nil)
29021 ;;;***
29023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29024 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29027 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29028 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29029 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29030 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29031 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29032 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29034 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29036 ;;;***
29038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 0
29039 ;;;;;; 0))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29042 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29043 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29044 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29046 If t, all messages will be logged.
29047 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29048 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29050 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29052 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29055 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29057 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29060 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29063 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29064 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29065 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29066 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29067 & ==> &amp;
29068 < ==> &lt;
29069 > ==> &gt;
29070 \" ==> &quot;
29072 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29074 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29075 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29076 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29078 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29081 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29082 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29084 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29087 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29089 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29092 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29094 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29097 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29099 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29104 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29109 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29111 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29113 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29114 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29116 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29118 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29119 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29121 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29123 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29126 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29128 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29129 Build a query-string.
29131 Given a QUERY in the form:
29132 '((key1 val1)
29133 (key2 val2)
29134 (key3 val1 val2)
29135 (key4)
29136 (key5 \"\"))
29138 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29140 This will return a string
29141 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29142 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29143 be used.
29145 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29147 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29148 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29150 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29152 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29153 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29154 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29155 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29156 forbidden in URL encoding.
29158 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29160 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29161 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29162 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29163 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29164 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29165 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29167 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29168 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29169 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29170 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29172 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29174 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29175 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29176 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29177 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29178 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29179 should return it unchanged.
29181 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29183 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29184 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29185 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29186 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29188 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29191 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29192 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29194 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29196 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29197 View the current document's URL.
29198 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29199 the minibuffer.
29201 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29203 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29205 ;;;***
29207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29208 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29210 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29211 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29212 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29213 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29214 to refrain from editing the file
29215 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29216 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29217 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29218 in any way you like.
29220 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29223 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29224 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29225 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29226 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29228 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29229 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29231 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29233 ;;;***
29235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29236 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29239 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29247 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29249 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29252 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29254 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29257 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29259 ;;;***
29261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29264 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29265 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29267 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29269 ;;;***
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29272 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29275 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29276 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29277 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29278 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29280 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29282 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29283 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29284 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29286 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29288 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29289 Uudecode region between START and END.
29290 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29292 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29294 ;;;***
29296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29299 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29300 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29301 See `run-hooks'.")
29303 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29305 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29306 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29307 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29309 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29311 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29312 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29313 See `run-hooks'.")
29315 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29317 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29318 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29319 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29320 same state. If not, signal an error.
29322 For merging-based version control systems:
29323 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29324 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29325 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29326 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29327 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29328 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29330 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29331 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29332 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29333 the file(s) for editing.
29334 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29335 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29336 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29337 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29338 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29339 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29341 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29343 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29344 Register into a version control system.
29345 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29346 Otherwise register the current file.
29347 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29348 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29350 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29351 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29352 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29353 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29354 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29355 first backend that could register the file is used.
29357 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29359 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29360 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29362 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29364 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29365 Display diffs between file revisions.
29366 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29367 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29368 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29370 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29371 saving the buffer.
29373 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29375 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29376 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29377 repository history using ediff.
29379 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29381 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29382 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29383 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29384 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29385 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29387 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29388 saving the buffer.
29390 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29392 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29393 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29394 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29395 fileset with the working revision.
29396 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29397 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29399 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29400 saving the buffer.
29402 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29405 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29406 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29407 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29409 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29411 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29412 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29413 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29414 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29416 \(fn)" t nil)
29418 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29419 Perform a version control merge operation.
29420 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29421 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29422 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29423 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29425 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29426 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29427 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29428 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29429 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29430 changes from the current branch.
29432 \(fn)" t nil)
29434 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29436 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29437 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29438 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29439 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29440 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29441 checked out in that new branch.
29443 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29445 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29446 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29447 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29448 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29449 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29450 allowed and simply skipped).
29452 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29454 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29455 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29456 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29457 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29458 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29460 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29461 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29463 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29465 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29466 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29467 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29468 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29469 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29471 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29473 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29474 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29475 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29477 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29479 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29480 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29481 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29483 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29485 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29486 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29487 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29488 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29490 \(fn)" t nil)
29492 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29493 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29494 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29495 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29497 \(fn)" t nil)
29499 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29501 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29502 Update the current fileset or branch.
29503 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29504 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29505 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29506 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29508 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29509 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29510 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29511 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29512 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29516 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29518 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29519 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29520 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29521 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29522 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29523 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29524 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29526 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29528 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29529 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29530 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29531 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29532 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29533 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29534 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29535 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29536 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29538 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29540 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29541 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29542 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29543 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29545 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29547 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29548 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29549 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29550 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29552 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29554 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29555 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29556 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29557 directory.
29559 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29561 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29562 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29563 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29565 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29566 log entries should be gathered.
29568 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29570 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29571 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29573 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29575 ;;;***
29577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29578 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29579 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29581 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29582 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29584 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29585 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29586 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29587 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29588 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29589 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29591 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29592 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29593 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29594 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29595 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29596 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29597 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29598 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29600 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29602 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29604 Customization variables:
29606 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29607 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29608 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29609 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29611 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29613 ;;;***
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29617 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29618 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29619 (progn
29620 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29621 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29623 ;;;***
29625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29628 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29629 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29631 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29632 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29633 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29634 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29635 (progn
29636 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29637 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29639 ;;;***
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29643 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29644 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29645 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29646 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29647 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29648 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29650 ;;;***
29652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29655 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29656 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29657 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29658 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29659 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29661 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29662 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29663 The file lines appear later.
29665 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29666 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29668 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29670 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29672 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29674 ;;;***
29676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29677 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29680 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29681 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29682 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29683 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29684 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29685 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29686 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29687 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29688 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29689 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29690 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29691 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29692 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29693 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29694 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29696 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29698 ;;;***
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29702 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29703 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29704 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29705 (progn
29706 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29707 (vc-git-registered file))))
29709 ;;;***
29711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21359 23622 725850 0))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29713 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29714 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29715 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29716 (progn
29717 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29718 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29720 ;;;***
29722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29725 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29726 Name of the monotone directory.")
29728 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29729 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29730 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29731 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29732 (progn
29733 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29734 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29736 ;;;***
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21372 35662 356409
29739 ;;;;;; 0))
29740 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29742 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29743 Where to look for RCS master files.
29744 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29746 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29748 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29750 ;;;***
29752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29755 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29756 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29757 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29759 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29761 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29763 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29764 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29765 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29766 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29768 ;;;***
29770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29772 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29773 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29774 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29775 "_svn")
29776 (t ".svn"))))
29777 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29778 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29779 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29781 ;;;***
29783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29784 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29786 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29787 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29789 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29790 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29792 Usage:
29793 ------
29795 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29796 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29797 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29798 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29800 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29801 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29802 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29803 completions.
29805 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29806 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29808 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29809 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29811 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29812 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29813 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29815 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29818 Maintenance:
29819 ------------
29821 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29822 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29824 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29826 Official distribution is at
29827 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29830 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29831 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29833 Key bindings:
29834 -------------
29836 \\{vera-mode-map}
29838 \(fn)" t nil)
29840 ;;;***
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29843 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29846 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29847 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29848 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29849 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29850 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29852 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29854 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29855 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29857 Supports highlighting.
29859 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29860 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29862 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29864 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29865 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29866 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29867 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29868 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29869 on the left side of your screen.
29870 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29871 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29872 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29873 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29874 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29875 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29876 function keyword.
29877 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29878 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29879 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29880 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29881 if (a)
29882 begin
29883 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29884 Indentation for case statements.
29885 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29886 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29887 mark after an end.
29888 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29889 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29890 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29891 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29892 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29893 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29894 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29895 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29896 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29897 if (a)
29898 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29899 otherwise you get:
29900 if (a)
29901 begin
29902 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29903 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29904 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29905 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29906 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29907 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29908 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29909 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29910 comments in tight quarters.
29911 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29912 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29914 Variables controlling other actions:
29916 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29917 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29918 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29920 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29922 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29924 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29925 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29926 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29928 Some other functions are:
29930 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29931 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29932 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29933 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29934 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29936 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29937 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29938 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29939 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29941 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29942 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29943 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29944 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29945 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29946 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29947 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29948 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29949 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29950 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29951 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29952 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29953 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29954 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29960 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29961 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29962 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29963 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29973 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29974 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29976 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29978 \(fn)" t nil)
29980 ;;;***
29982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
29983 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29986 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29987 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29989 Usage:
29990 ------
29992 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29993 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29994 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29995 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29996 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29997 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29998 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29999 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30000 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30002 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30003 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30004 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30005 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30007 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30008 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30009 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30010 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30011 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30013 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30014 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30017 HEADER INSERTION:
30018 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30019 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30020 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30023 STUTTERING:
30024 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30025 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30026 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30027 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30029 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30030 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30031 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30032 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30033 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30036 WORD COMPLETION:
30037 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30038 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30039 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30040 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30042 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30043 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30044 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30045 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30046 beginning with \"std\").
30048 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30049 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30050 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30051 stop.
30054 COMMENTS:
30055 `--' puts a single comment.
30056 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30057 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30058 with a comment in between.
30059 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30060 out following lines.
30061 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30062 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30063 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30064 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30066 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30067 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30068 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30069 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30070 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30071 non-nil.
30073 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30074 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30075 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30076 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30077 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30078 multi-line comments.
30081 INDENTATION:
30082 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30083 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30084 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30085 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30086 the entire region.
30088 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30089 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30090 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30091 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30093 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30094 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30095 and vice versa.
30097 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30098 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30100 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30101 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30102 line.
30105 ALIGNMENT:
30106 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30107 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30108 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30109 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30110 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30111 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30112 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30113 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30115 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30116 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30117 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30118 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30119 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30120 is non-nil.
30122 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30123 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30124 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30126 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30127 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30130 CODE FILLING:
30131 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30132 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30133 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30134 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30135 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30136 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30139 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30140 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30141 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30142 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30143 command:
30145 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30148 PORT TRANSLATION:
30149 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30150 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30151 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30152 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30153 internal signal initializations (menu).
30155 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30156 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30157 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30159 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30160 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30161 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30162 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30163 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30164 in subsequent paste operations.)
30166 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30167 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30168 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30171 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30172 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30173 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30174 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30175 association list with formals).
30178 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30179 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30180 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30181 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30182 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30183 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30184 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30185 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30186 `vhdl-testbench'.
30189 KEY BINDINGS:
30190 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30193 VHDL MENU:
30194 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30197 FILE BROWSER:
30198 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30199 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30200 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30202 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30203 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30206 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30207 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30208 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30209 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30211 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30212 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30213 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30215 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30216 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30217 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30218 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30220 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30221 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30222 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30223 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30224 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30226 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30227 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30228 required by secondary units.
30231 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30232 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30233 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30234 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30235 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30236 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30237 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30238 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30239 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30240 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30241 inputs to this component -> input port created
30242 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30243 outputs from this component -> output port created
30244 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30245 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30247 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30248 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30249 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30250 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30251 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30253 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30254 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30256 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30257 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30258 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30259 component instantiation is also supported (option
30260 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30262 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30263 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30264 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30265 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30266 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30267 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30268 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30269 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30270 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30271 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30272 generating the configuration.
30274 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30275 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30276 configurations in speedbar.
30278 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30281 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30282 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30283 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30284 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30285 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30286 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30287 information. New compilers can be added.
30289 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30290 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30293 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30294 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30295 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30296 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30297 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30299 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30300 command:
30302 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30303 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30304 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30306 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30307 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30308 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30309 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30310 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30311 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30312 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30313 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30314 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30316 Limitations:
30317 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30318 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30319 not (yet) supported.
30320 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30321 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30322 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30325 PROJECTS:
30326 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30327 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30328 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30329 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30330 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30331 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30332 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30333 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30335 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30336 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30337 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30338 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30339 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30340 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30341 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30342 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30343 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30344 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30345 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30348 SPECIAL MENUES:
30349 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30350 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30351 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30352 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30353 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30354 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30355 current directory for VHDL source files.
30358 VHDL STANDARDS:
30359 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30360 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30363 KEYWORD CASE:
30364 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30365 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30366 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30367 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30368 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30369 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30370 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30371 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30374 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30375 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30376 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30377 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30378 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30379 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30380 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30382 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30383 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30384 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30385 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30386 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30387 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30389 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30390 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30391 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30392 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30393 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30394 visually.
30396 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30397 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30398 highlighted if written in lower case.
30400 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30401 highlighted using a different background color if option
30402 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30404 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30405 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30406 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30407 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30408 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30411 USER MODELS:
30412 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30413 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30414 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30417 HIDE/SHOW:
30418 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30419 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30420 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30421 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30422 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30425 CODE UPDATING:
30426 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30427 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30428 Limitations:
30429 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30430 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30431 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30432 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30433 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30434 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30435 (used to obtain the port names).
30436 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30437 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30438 sensitivity lists.
30441 CODE FIXING:
30442 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30443 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30446 PRINTING:
30447 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30448 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30449 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30450 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30451 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30452 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30453 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30454 printers.
30457 OPTIONS:
30458 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30459 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30460 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30461 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30462 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30464 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30465 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30466 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30467 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30468 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30469 INSTALL file).
30471 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30472 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30475 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30476 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30477 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30478 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30480 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30483 HINTS:
30484 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30485 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30487 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30489 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30491 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30494 RELEASE NOTES:
30495 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30498 Maintenance:
30499 ------------
30501 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30502 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30504 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30506 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30507 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30508 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30509 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30511 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30512 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30513 where the latest version can be found.
30516 Known problems:
30517 ---------------
30519 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30520 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30521 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30522 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30525 The VHDL Mode Authors
30526 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30528 Key bindings:
30529 -------------
30531 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30533 \(fn)" t nil)
30535 ;;;***
30537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30540 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30541 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30542 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30543 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30545 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30546 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30547 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30548 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30549 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30551 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30552 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30554 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30556 * Limitations and unsupported features
30557 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30558 not supported.
30559 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30560 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30562 * Modifications
30563 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30564 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30565 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30566 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30567 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30568 for undoing a repeated change command.
30569 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30570 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30571 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30573 * Extensions
30574 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30575 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30576 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30577 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30578 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30579 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30580 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30581 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30583 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30585 \(fn)" t nil)
30587 ;;;***
30589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30590 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30593 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30594 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30596 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30598 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30599 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30600 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30601 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30605 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30606 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30608 \(fn)" t nil)
30610 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30611 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30612 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30613 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30617 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30618 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30620 \(fn)" t nil)
30622 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30625 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30627 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30630 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30632 ;;;***
30634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30637 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30638 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30639 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30641 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30643 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30644 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30645 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30646 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30648 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30650 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30651 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30653 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30655 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30656 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30657 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30658 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30659 moving around in the buffer.
30660 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30661 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30663 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30665 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30667 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30668 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30669 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30670 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30672 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30673 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30674 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30675 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30676 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30678 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30680 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30682 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30683 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30684 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30685 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30686 buffer.
30688 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30689 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30690 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30691 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30692 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30694 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30696 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30698 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30699 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30700 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30701 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30702 moving around in the buffer.
30703 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30704 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30706 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30708 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30709 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30710 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30712 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30713 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30714 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30715 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30717 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30718 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30719 own View-like bindings.
30721 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30723 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30724 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30725 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30726 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30727 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30728 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30729 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30731 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30733 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30735 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30736 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30737 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30739 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30740 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30741 own View-like bindings.
30743 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30745 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30746 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30747 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30748 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30749 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30750 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30751 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30753 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30755 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30757 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30758 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30759 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30761 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30762 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30763 own View-like bindings.
30765 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30767 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30768 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30770 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30771 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30773 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30774 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30775 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30776 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30778 \\<view-mode-map>
30780 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30781 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30782 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30783 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30784 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30785 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30786 to a repeat count of one.
30788 H, h, ? This message.
30789 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30790 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30791 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30792 > move to the end of buffer.
30793 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30794 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30795 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30796 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30797 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30798 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30799 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30800 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30801 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30802 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30803 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30804 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30805 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30806 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30807 Use this to view a changing file.
30808 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30809 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30810 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30811 . set the mark.
30812 x exchanges point and mark.
30813 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30814 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30815 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30816 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30817 ' go to position saved in character register.
30818 s do forward incremental search.
30819 r do reverse incremental search.
30820 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30821 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30822 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30823 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30824 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30825 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30826 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30827 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30828 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30829 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30830 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30831 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30832 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30833 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30834 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30835 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30836 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30838 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30839 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30840 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30841 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30842 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30843 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30844 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30845 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30846 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30848 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30852 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30853 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30854 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30855 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30856 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30857 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30858 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30859 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30860 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30862 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30864 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30866 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30867 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30868 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30869 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30870 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30871 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30873 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30874 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30875 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30877 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30879 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30881 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30883 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30884 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30886 \(fn)" t nil)
30888 ;;;***
30890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30893 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30894 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30896 \(fn)" nil nil)
30898 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30899 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30901 \(fn)" t nil)
30903 ;;;***
30905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 53104 0
30906 ;;;;;; 0))
30907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30908 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30910 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30911 Toggle Viper on/off.
30912 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30914 \(fn)" t nil)
30916 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30917 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30919 \(fn)" t nil)
30921 ;;;***
30923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
30924 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30927 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30928 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30929 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30930 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30931 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30932 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30933 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30934 the beginning of the warning.")
30936 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30937 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30938 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30939 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30940 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30941 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30942 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30943 also call that function before the next warning.")
30945 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30946 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30948 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30949 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30950 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30951 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30953 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30954 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30955 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30956 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30957 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30958 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30960 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30961 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30962 Default is :warning.
30964 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30965 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30966 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30967 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30968 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30969 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30971 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30972 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30973 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30975 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30977 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30978 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30980 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30982 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30983 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30984 \\<special-mode-map>
30985 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30986 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30988 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30989 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30990 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30991 can be whatever you like.)
30993 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30994 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30996 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30997 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30998 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30999 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31000 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31002 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31004 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31005 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31006 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31007 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31008 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31010 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31012 ;;;***
31014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31015 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31016 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31018 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31019 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31020 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31021 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31022 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31023 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31024 directories to reflect your edits.
31026 See `wdired-mode'.
31028 \(fn)" t nil)
31030 ;;;***
31032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31035 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31036 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31038 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31039 hotlist.
31041 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31042 <nwv@acm.org>.
31044 \(fn)" t nil)
31046 ;;;***
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31049 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31051 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31052 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31054 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31056 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31057 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31058 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31061 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31063 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31065 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31066 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31071 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31072 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31073 in certain major modes.
31075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31077 ;;;***
31079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 0
31080 ;;;;;; 0))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31082 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31084 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31085 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31090 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31091 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31095 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31096 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31098 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31099 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31101 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31102 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31103 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31104 use `whitespace-mode'.
31106 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31110 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31111 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31112 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31113 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31114 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31115 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31117 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31119 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31120 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31122 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31123 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31125 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31126 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31130 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31131 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31132 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31134 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31135 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31137 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31139 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31140 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31142 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31143 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31145 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31146 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31147 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31148 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31150 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31154 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31155 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31157 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31158 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31160 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31161 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31163 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31165 CHAR MEANING
31166 (VIA FACES)
31167 f toggle face visualization
31168 t toggle TAB visualization
31169 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31170 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31171 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31172 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31173 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31174 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31175 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31176 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31177 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31178 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31179 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31180 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31181 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31182 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31183 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31185 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31186 T toggle TAB visualization
31187 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31188 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31190 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31191 ? display brief help
31193 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31194 The valid symbols are:
31196 face toggle face visualization
31197 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31198 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31199 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31200 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31201 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31202 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31203 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31204 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31205 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31206 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31207 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31208 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31209 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31210 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31211 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31212 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31214 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31215 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31216 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31218 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31220 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31224 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31225 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31227 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31228 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31230 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31231 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31233 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31235 CHAR MEANING
31236 (VIA FACES)
31237 f toggle face visualization
31238 t toggle TAB visualization
31239 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31240 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31241 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31242 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31243 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31244 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31245 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31246 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31247 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31248 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31249 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31250 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31251 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31252 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31253 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31255 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31256 T toggle TAB visualization
31257 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31258 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31260 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31261 ? display brief help
31263 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31264 The valid symbols are:
31266 face toggle face visualization
31267 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31268 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31269 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31270 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31271 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31272 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31273 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31274 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31275 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31276 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31277 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31278 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31279 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31280 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31281 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31282 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31284 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31285 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31286 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31288 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31290 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31294 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31295 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31297 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31298 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31299 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31300 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31301 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31303 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31305 The problems cleaned up are:
31307 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31308 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31309 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31310 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31312 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31313 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31314 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31315 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31316 SPACEs.
31317 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31318 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31319 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31320 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31322 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31324 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31325 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31326 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31327 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31328 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31329 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31331 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31333 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31335 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31336 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31337 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31338 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31339 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31340 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31341 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31342 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31344 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31345 documentation.
31347 \(fn)" t nil)
31349 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31350 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31352 The problems cleaned up are:
31354 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31355 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31356 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31357 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31358 SPACEs.
31359 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31360 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31361 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31362 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31364 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31365 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31366 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31367 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31368 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31369 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31370 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31371 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31373 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31374 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31375 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31377 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31378 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31379 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31380 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31381 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31382 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31383 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31384 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31386 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31387 documentation.
31389 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31391 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31392 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31394 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31395 non-nil.
31397 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31398 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31399 `whitespace-style' to have:
31401 empty
31402 trailing
31403 indentation
31404 space-before-tab
31405 space-after-tab
31407 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31408 whitespace problems in buffer.
31410 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31412 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31413 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31414 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31415 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31416 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31417 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31418 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31420 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31421 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31422 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31423 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31424 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31425 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31426 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31428 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31429 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31430 cleaning up these problems.
31432 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31434 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31435 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31437 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31438 non-nil.
31440 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31441 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31442 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31444 empty
31445 indentation
31446 space-before-tab
31447 trailing
31448 space-after-tab
31450 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31451 whitespace problems in buffer.
31453 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31455 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31456 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31457 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31458 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31459 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31460 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31461 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31463 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31464 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31465 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31466 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31467 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31468 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31469 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31471 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31472 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31473 cleaning up these problems.
31475 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31477 ;;;***
31479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 0
31480 ;;;;;; 0))
31481 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31483 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31484 Browse the widget under point.
31486 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31488 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31489 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31491 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31493 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31494 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31496 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31498 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31499 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31501 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31502 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31506 ;;;***
31508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31509 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31511 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31512 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31514 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31516 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31517 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31518 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31520 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31522 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31523 Create widget of TYPE.
31524 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31526 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31528 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31529 Delete WIDGET.
31531 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31533 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31534 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31536 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31538 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31539 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31540 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31541 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31543 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31544 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31546 \(fn)" nil nil)
31548 ;;;***
31550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31551 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31553 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31554 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31555 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31556 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31557 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31558 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31559 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31563 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31564 Select the window above the current one.
31565 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31566 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31567 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31568 negative ARG) of the current window.
31569 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31573 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31574 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31575 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31576 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31577 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31578 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31579 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31583 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31584 Select the window below the current one.
31585 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31586 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31587 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31588 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31589 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31593 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31594 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31595 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31596 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31598 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31600 ;;;***
31602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31603 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31605 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31606 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31607 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31610 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31612 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31614 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31615 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31617 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31618 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31619 \\{winner-mode-map}
31621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623 ;;;***
31625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31626 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31627 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31629 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31630 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31631 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31632 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31633 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31635 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31637 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31638 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31639 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31640 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31641 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31642 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31643 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31644 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31646 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31647 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31649 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31651 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31652 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31656 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31657 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31658 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31659 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31660 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31661 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31662 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31663 `woman' command for further details.
31665 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31667 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31668 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31670 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31672 ;;;***
31674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31675 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31677 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31679 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31680 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31682 BUGS:
31683 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31684 are not implemented
31685 - Options for search and replace
31686 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31687 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31689 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31690 Emacs-like.
31692 \(fn)" t nil)
31694 ;;;***
31696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31699 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31700 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31701 Return the top node with all its children.
31702 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31704 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31705 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31706 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31708 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31710 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31711 namespace to URIs instead.
31713 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31714 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31716 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31718 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31720 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31722 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31723 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31724 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31725 not contain well-formed XML.
31727 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31728 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31729 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31730 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31731 element of the list.
31732 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31733 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31734 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31736 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31738 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31739 namespace to URIs instead.
31741 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31742 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31744 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31746 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31748 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31750 ;;;***
31752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
31753 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31755 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31756 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31757 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31758 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31759 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31760 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31761 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31762 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31763 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31764 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31766 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31768 ;;;***
31770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21355 26558 898613
31771 ;;;;;; 0))
31772 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31774 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31775 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31776 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31779 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31781 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31783 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31784 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31786 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31787 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31789 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31790 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31791 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31792 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31793 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31794 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31798 ;;;***
31800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31803 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31804 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31808 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31809 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31811 \(fn)" nil nil)
31813 ;;;***
31815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31818 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31819 Zone out, completely.
31821 \(fn)" t nil)
31823 ;;;***
31825 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21387 3291 190295
32042 ;;;;;; 453000))
32044 ;;;***
32046 (provide 'loaddefs)
32047 ;; Local Variables:
32048 ;; version-control: never
32049 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32050 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32051 ;; coding: utf-8
32052 ;; End:
32053 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here